ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS EPSON Paper Roll Printers ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS CONFIDENTIAL R ESC/POS Application Programming Guide Ver. 10.
ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS CONFIDENTIAL EPSON printers & commands ■ Commands in Alphanumeric Order ■ Commands Arranged by Function ■ Commands Arranged by Printer TM-T88IV supported commands TM-T90 supported commands TM-L90 supported commands TM-J2000/J2100 supported commands TM-U220 supported commands TM-U230 supported commands TM-P60 supported commands
ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS CONFIDENTIAL EPSON how to use this guide blue text Text Any text colored blue is a link to another screen. Click the text to go to that topic. PRINTER Printer information name Most information applies to all printers in a category. If there is information specific to one printer, you see its name in colored text, with a different color for each printer.
ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS CONFIDENTIAL EPSON what’s new in this version? Version 10.00 TM-U220 added. This guide (Paper Roll Printers) is now separate from the guides for other types of printers. Version 10.01 TM-P60 added. Version 10.02 TM-L90 with Peeler added. Version 10.03 TM-P60 Bluetooth Interface Model added. Version 10.04 TM-P60 with Peeler added. Version 10.05 TM-T88IV and TM-T70 added.
ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS CONFIDENTIAL EPSON about this guide ESC/POS® Application Programming Guide for Paper Roll Printers Version 10.05 Seiko Epson Corporation, Imaging Products Marketing Division Notice: The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice EPSON and ESC/POS are registered trademarks of Seiko Epson Corporation.
ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS ESC/POS CONFIDENTIAL EPSON confidentiality agreement BY USING THIS DOCUMENT, YOU AGREE TO ABIDE BY THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. PLEASE RETURN THIS DOCUMENT IMMEDIATELY IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS. This document contains confidential, proprietary information of Seiko Epson Corporation or its affiliates. You must keep such information confidential.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC/POS proprietary command system ESC/POS PROPRIETARY COMMAND SYSTEM ® The market for store automation equipment is changing rapidly with the widespread introduction of POS (point of sale) terminals. These terminals are now appearing even in small retail stores and specialty shops. As personal computers begin to be used as POS terminals, the demand for matching uniform peripheral devices is expected to rise.
CONFIDENTIAL Command classification COMMAND CLASSIFICATION ESC/POS printer commands are classified by functions such as print, character, print position, printing paper, line spacing, panel button, paper sensor, mechanism control, status, bar code, bit-image, macro function, control option, and miscellaneous functions. The classification is called function classification. ESC/POS printer commands are also classified by sheet and grade. The sheet and grade classification is called matrix classification.
CONFIDENTIAL Single sheet Single sheet commands Software extension commands Sheet Hardware extension commands Multiple sheet commands Mechanical extension commands Multiple sheet Extension commands Basic commands Grade Paper roll Command classification Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Overview of data processing OVERVIEW OF DATA PROCESSING Character Data and Normal Commands The printer stores data sent from the host computer in the receive buffer temporarily, and then the printer interprets the data and classifies them into commands or character data sequentially.
CONFIDENTIAL Data processing diagram Host computer Interface Real-time command processing Receive buffer Character generator (Font data) Print buffer Paper roll Overview of data processing Main processing [Data analysis/processing] (Character data/normal command) Mechanism Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Definitions DEFINITIONS Normal commands Normal commands are all the commands except real-time commands. The normal commands are stored in the receive buffer temporarily and then processed sequentially. Real-time commands Real-time commands are the commands that consist of a DLE extension (such as DLE EOT or DLE ENQ). The realtime commands execute processing when received.
CONFIDENTIAL Beginning of the line The beginning of the line meets all of the following conditions: • • • No data exists in the print buffer. No spaces are skipped by HT in the print buffer. The print position has not been specified by ESC $ or ESC \. In standard mode, the beginning of the line is the left margin. Printable area This is the maximum printable area specified for each printer model.
CONFIDENTIAL Executing commands Executing commands affect printer operation and change the printer status temporarily but do not affect the following printer operation. Functions of printing, paper cutting, and status transmission are executing commands and the real-time commands and some of the normal commands are executing commands. MSB Most Significant Bit LSB Least Significant Bit Obsolete commands These are commands that will not be supported by future printer models.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV supported commands TM-T88IV SUPPORTED COMMANDS Command Classification Name Function type HT EXECUTING COMMAND Horizontal tab PRINT POSITION COMMANDS LF EXECUTING COMMAND Print and line feed PRINT COMMANDS FF (in page mode) EXECUTING COMMAND Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) PRINT COMMANDS CR EXECUTING COMMAND Print and carriage return PRINT COMMANDS CAN EXECUTING COMMAND Cancel print data in page mode CHARACTER COMMANDS DLE EOT EXECUTING COMMAND
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC & SETTING COMMAND Define user-defined characters CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC ✻ EXECUTING COMMAND Select bit-image mode BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS ESC – SETTING COMMAND Turn underline mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC 2 SETTING COMMAND Select default line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC 3 SETTING COMMAND Set line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC = SETTING COMMAND Select peripheral device MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC ? SETTING COMMAN
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC W SETTING COMMAND Set print area in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC \ EXECUTING COMMAND Set relative print position PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC a SETTING COMMAND Select justification PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC c 3 SETTING COMMAND Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS ESC c 4 SETTING COMMAND Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS GS ! SETTING COMMAND Select cha
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type FS p EXECUTING COMMAND Print NV bit image BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS GS ( A EXECUTING COMMAND Execute test print MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( D SETTING COMMAND Enable/disable real-time command MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( E EXECUTING + SETTING Set user setup commands CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( H EXECUTING COMMAND Request transmission of response or status MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( K SETTING COMMAND Select print control method(s) MISCELLA
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS W SETTING COMMAND Set print area width PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS \ EXECUTING COMMAND Set relative vertical print position in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS ^ EXECUTING COMMAND Execute macro MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS GS a EXECUTING + SETTING Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) STATUS COMMANDS GS b SETTING COMMAND Turn smoothing mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS GS f SETTING COMMAND Select font for HRI characters BAR
CONFIDENTIAL The following commands are supported only by Japanese/Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/Korean supporting models. Command Classification Name Function type FS ! SETTING COMMAND Set print mode(s) for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS & SETTING COMMAND Select Kanji character mode KANJI COMMANDS FS – SETTING COMMAND Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS .
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90 supported commands TM-T90 SUPPORTED COMMANDS Command Classification Name Function type HT EXECUTING COMMAND Horizontal tab PRINT POSITION COMMANDS LF EXECUTING COMMAND Print and line feed PRINT COMMANDS FF (in page mode) EXECUTING COMMAND Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) PRINT COMMANDS CR EXECUTING COMMAND Print and carriage return PRINT COMMANDS CAN EXECUTING COMMAND Cancel print data in page mode CHARACTER COMMANDS DLE EOT EXECUTING COMMAND Tr
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC & SETTING COMMAND Define user-defined characters CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC ✻ EXECUTING COMMAND Select bit-image mode BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS ESC – SETTING COMMAND Turn underline mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC 2 SETTING COMMAND Select default line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC 3 SETTING COMMAND Set line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC = SETTING COMMAND Select peripheral device MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC ? SETTING COMMAN
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC W SETTING COMMAND Set print area in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC \ EXECUTING COMMAND Set relative print position PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC a SETTING COMMAND Select justification PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC c 3 SETTING COMMAND Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS ESC c 4 SETTING COMMAND Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS ESC c 5 SETTING COMMAND Enable/
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS ( E EXECUTING + SETTING Set user setup commands CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( H EXECUTING COMMAND Request transmission of response or status MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( K SETTING COMMAND Select print control method(s) MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS EXECUTING + SETTING Set graphics data BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS GS ( M SETTING COMMAND Customize printer control value(s) CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( N SETTING COMMAND Select character effects CHARACTER C
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS \ EXECUTING COMMAND Set relative vertical print position in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS ^ EXECUTING COMMAND Execute macro MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS GS a EXECUTING + SETTING Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) STATUS COMMANDS GS b SETTING COMMAND Turn smoothing mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS GS f SETTING COMMAND Select font for HRI characters BAR CODE COMMANDS GS g 0 SETTING COMMAND Initialize maintenance counte
CONFIDENTIAL The following commands are supported only by Japanese/Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/Korean supporting models. Command Classification Name Function type FS ! SETTING COMMAND Select print mode(s) for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS & SETTING COMMAND Select Kanji character mode KANJI COMMANDS FS ( A SETTING COMMAND Define character effects of Kanji characters. KANJI COMMANDS FS – SETTING COMMAND Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS .
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T70 supported commands TM-T70 SUPPORTED COMMANDS Command Classification Name Function type HT EXECUTING COMMAND Horizontal tab PRINT POSITION COMMANDS LF EXECUTING COMMAND Print and line feed PRINT COMMANDS FF (in page mode) EXECUTING COMMAND Print and return to standard mode PRINT COMMANDS CR EXECUTING COMMAND Print and carriage return PRINT COMMANDS CAN EXECUTING COMMAND Cancel print data in page mode CHARACTER COMMANDS DLE EOT EXECUTING COMMAND Real-time status
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC ✻ EXECUTING COMMAND Select bit-image mode BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS ESC – SETTING COMMAND Turn underline mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC 2 SETTING COMMAND Select default line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC 3 SETTING COMMAND Set line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC = SETTING COMMAND Select peripheral device MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC ? SETTING COMMAND Cancel user-defined characters CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC @ EXECUTING + SE
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC c 3 SETTING COMMAND Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS ESC c 4 SETTING COMMAND Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS ESC c 5 SETTING COMMAND Enable/disable panel buttons PANEL BUTTON COMMAND ESC d EXECUTING COMMAND Print and feed n lines PRINT COMMANDS ESC p EXECUTING COMMAND Generate pulse MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC t SETTING COMMAND Select character code table
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS $ SETTING COMMAND Set absolute vertical print position in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS ( A EXECUTING COMMAND Execute test print MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( C EXECUTING + SETTING Edit NV user memory CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( D SETTING COMMAND Enable/disable real-time command MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( E EXECUTING + SETTING User setup commands CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( K SETTING COMMAND Select printing control MISCELLANE
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS \ EXECUTING COMMAND Set relative vertical print position in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS a EXECUTING + SETTING Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) STATUS COMMANDS GS b SETTING COMMAND Turn smoothing mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS GS f SETTING COMMAND Select font for HRI characters BAR CODE COMMANDS GS g 0 SETTING COMMAND Initialize maintenance counter MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS g 2 EXECUTING COMMAND Transmit ma
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 supported commands TM-L90 SUPPORTED COMMANDS Command Classification Name Function type HT EXECUTING COMMAND Horizontal tab PRINT POSITION COMMANDS LF EXECUTING COMMAND Print and line feed PRINT COMMANDS FF (in page mode) EXECUTING COMMAND Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) PRINT COMMANDS CR EXECUTING COMMAND Print and carriage return PRINT COMMANDS CAN EXECUTING COMMAND Cancel print data in page mode CHARACTER COMMANDS DLE EOT EXECUTING COMMAND Tr
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC & SETTING COMMAND Define user-defined characters CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC ✻ EXECUTING COMMAND Select bit-image mode BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS ESC – SETTING COMMAND Turn underline mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC 2 SETTING COMMAND Select default line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC 3 SETTING COMMAND Set line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC = SETTING COMMAND Select peripheral device MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC ? SETTING COMMAN
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC W SETTING COMMAND Set print area in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC \ EXECUTING COMMAND Set relative print position PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC a SETTING COMMAND Select justification PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC c 3 SETTING COMMAND Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS ESC c 4 SETTING COMMAND Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS ESC c 5 SETTING COMMAND Enable/
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS ( D SETTING COMMAND Enable/disable real-time command MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( E EXECUTING + SETTING Set user setup commands CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( K SETTING COMMAND Select print control method(s) MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS EXECUTING + SETTING Set graphics data BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS GS ( M SETTING COMMAND Customize printer control value(s) CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( N SETTING COMMAND Select character effects CHARACTER COMMANDS GS
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS \ EXECUTING COMMAND Set relative vertical print position in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS ^ EXECUTING COMMAND Execute macro MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS GS a EXECUTING + SETTING Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) STATUS COMMANDS GS b SETTING COMMAND Turn smoothing mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS GS f SETTING COMMAND Select font for HRI characters BAR CODE COMMANDS GS g 0 SETTING COMMAND Initialize maintenance counte
CONFIDENTIAL The following commands are supported only by Japanese/Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/Korean supporting models. Command Classification Name Function type FS ! SETTING COMMAND Select print mode(s) for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS & SETTING COMMAND Select Kanji character mode KANJI COMMANDS FS ( A SETTING COMMAND Define character effects of Kanji characters. KANJI COMMANDS FS – SETTING COMMAND Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS .
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 supported commands TM-J2000/J2100 SUPPORTED COMMANDS Command Classification Name Function type HT EXECUTING COMMAND Horizontal tab PRINT POSITION COMMANDS LF EXECUTING COMMAND Print and line feed PRINT COMMANDS FF (in page mode) EXECUTING COMMAND Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) PRINT COMMANDS CR EXECUTING COMMAND Print and carriage return PRINT COMMANDS CAN EXECUTING COMMAND Cancel print data in page mode CHARACTER COMMANDS DLE EOT EXECU
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC & SETTING COMMAND Define user-defined characters CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC ✻ EXECUTING COMMAND Select bit-image mode BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS ESC – SETTING COMMAND Turn underline mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC 2 SETTING COMMAND Select default line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC 3 SETTING COMMAND Set line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC < EXECUTING COMMAND Return home MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS ESC = SETTING COMMAND Sele
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC U SETTING COMMAND Turn unidirectional print mode on/off MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS ESC V SETTING COMMAND Turn 90° clockwise rotation mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC W SETTING COMMAND Set print area in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC \ EXECUTING COMMAND Set relative print position PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC a SETTING COMMAND Select justification PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC c 3 SETTING COMMAND Select paper sensor(s)
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS ( A EXECUTING COMMAND Execute test print MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( C EXECUTING + SETTING Edit NV user memory CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( D SETTING COMMAND Enable/disable real-time command MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( E EXECUTING + SETTING Set user setup commands CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( K SETTING COMMAND Select print control method(s) MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS EXECUTING + SETTING Set graphics data BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS GS ( M SETTIN
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS V EXECUTING COMMAND Select cut mode and cut paper MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS GS W SETTING COMMAND Set print area width PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS \ EXECUTING COMMAND Set relative vertical print position in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS ^ EXECUTING COMMAND Execute macro MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS GS a EXECUTING + SETTING Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) STATUS COMMANDS GS b SETTING COMMAND Turn smoothing mode on
CONFIDENTIAL The following commands are supported only by Japanese/Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/Korean supporting models. Command Classification Name Function type FS ! SETTING COMMAND Select print mode(s) for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS & SETTING COMMAND Select Kanji character mode KANJI COMMANDS FS ( A SETTING COMMAND Select Kanji character style(s) KANJI COMMANDS FS – SETTING COMMAND Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS .
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U220 supported commands TM-U220 SUPPORTED COMMANDS Command Classification Name Function type HT EXECUTING COMMAND Horizontal tab PRINT POSITION COMMANDS LF EXECUTING COMMAND Print and line feed PRINT COMMANDS CR EXECUTING COMMAND Print and carriage return PRINT COMMANDS DLE EOT EXECUTING COMMAND Transmit real-time status STATUS COMMANDS DLE ENQ EXECUTING COMMAND Send real-time request to printer MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS DLE DC4 (fn = 1) EXECUTING COMMAND Generate pul
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC < EXECUTING COMMAND Return home MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS ESC = SETTING COMMAND Select peripheral device MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC ? SETTING COMMAND Cancel user-defined characters CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC @ EXECUTING + SETTING Initialize printer MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC D SETTING COMMAND Set horizontal tab positions PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC E SETTING COMMAND Turn emphasized mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC G SETTI
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC e EXECUTING COMMAND Print and reverse feed n lines PRINT COMMANDS ESC i EXECUTING COMMAND Partial cut (one point left uncut) MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS ESC m EXECUTING COMMAND Partial cut (three points left uncut) MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS ESC p EXECUTING COMMAND Generate pulse MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC r SETTING COMMAND Select print color CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC t SETTING COMMAND Select character code table CHARACTER COM
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type FS ? SETTING COMMAND Cancel user-defined Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS p EXECUTING COMMAND Print NV bit image BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS EXECUTING + SETTING Define NV bit image BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS GS ( A EXECUTING COMMAND Execute test print MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( C EXECUTING + SETTING Edit NV user memory CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( D SETTING COMMAND Enable/disable real-time command MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( E EXECUTING + SETTI
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 supported commands TM-U230 SUPPORTED COMMANDS Command Classification Name Function type HT EXECUTING COMMAND Horizontal tab PRINT POSITION COMMANDS LF EXECUTING COMMAND Print and line feed PRINT COMMANDS CR EXECUTING COMMAND Print and carriage return PRINT COMMANDS DLE EOT EXECUTING COMMAND Transmit real-time status STATUS COMMANDS DLE ENQ EXECUTING COMMAND Send real-time request to printer MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC SP SETTING COMMAND Set right-side character
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC ? SETTING COMMAND Cancel user-defined characters CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC @ EXECUTING + SETTING Initialize printer MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC D SETTING COMMAND Set horizontal tab positions PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC E SETTING COMMAND Turn emphasized mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC G SETTING COMMAND Turn double-strike mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC J EXECUTING COMMAND Print and feed paper PRINT COMMANDS ESC K EXECUT
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC t SETTING COMMAND Select character code table CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC { SETTING COMMAND Turn upside-down print mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS GS ( A EXECUTING COMMAND Execute test print MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS I EXECUTING COMMAND Transmit printer ID MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS V EXECUTING COMMAND Select cut mode and cut paper MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS GS a EXECUTING + SETTING Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) STAT
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 supported commands TM-P60 SUPPORTED COMMANDS Command Classification Name Function type HT EXECUTING COMMAND Horizontal tab PRINT POSITION COMMANDS LF EXECUTING COMMAND Print and line feed PRINT COMMANDS FF (in page mode) EXECUTING COMMAND Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) PRINT COMMANDS CAN EXECUTING COMMAND Cancel print data in page mode CHARACTER COMMANDS DLE EOT EXECUTING COMMAND Transmit real-time status STATUS COMMANDS DLE ENQ EXECUTING COMMA
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type ESC = SETTING COMMAND Select peripheral device MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC @ EXECUTING + SETTING Initialize printer MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC D SETTING COMMAND Set horizontal tab positions PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC E SETTING COMMAND Turn emphasized mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC J EXECUTING COMMAND Print and feed paper PRINT COMMANDS ESC L EXECUTING COMMAND Select page mode MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC M SETTING COMMAND
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS $ EXECUTING COMMAND Set absolute vertical print position in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS ( C EXECUTING + SETTING Edit NV user memory CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( D SETTING COMMAND Enable/disable real-time command MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( E EXECUTING + SETTING Set user setup commands CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( H EXECUTING COMMAND Request transmission of response or status MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( K SETTING COMMAND Selec
CONFIDENTIAL Command Classification Name Function type GS a EXECUTING + SETTING Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) STATUS COMMANDS GS b SETTING COMMAND Turn smoothing mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS GS f SETTING COMMAND Select font for HRI characters BAR CODE COMMANDS GS g 0 SETTING COMMAND Initialize maintenance counter MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS g 2 EXECUTING COMMAND Transmit maintenance counter MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS h SETTING COMMAND Set bar code height BAR CODE COMMA
CONFIDENTIAL Commands in alphanumeric order COMMANDS IN ALPHANUMERIC ORDER In this table, click any name to see the command description with program examples and print samples. The print samples are images of the printing results of the program examples; they do not represent actual printing.
CONFIDENTIAL Command Name Function type ESC $ Set absolute print position PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC % Select/cancel user-defined character set CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC & Define user-defined characters CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC ( A Control of the beeper MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC ✻ Select bit-image mode BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS ESC – Turn underline mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC 2 Select default line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC 3 Set line spacing LINE SPACING COMMANDS ESC < Retur
CONFIDENTIAL Command Name Function type ESC M Select character font CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC R Select an international character set CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC S Select standard mode MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS ESC T Select print direction in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC U Turn unidirectional printing mode on/off MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS ESC V Turn 90° clockwise rotation mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS ESC W Set printing area in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS ESC \ Set relative pr
CONFIDENTIAL Command Name Function type ESC t Select character code table CHARACTER COMMANDS * ESC u Transmit peripheral device status STATUS COMMANDS ESC { Turn upside-down printing mode on/off CHARACTER COMMANDS FS ! Set print mode(s) for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS & Select Kanji character mode KANJI COMMANDS FS ( A Define character effects of Kanji characters.
CONFIDENTIAL Command Name Function type GS ! Select character size CHARACTER COMMANDS GS $ Set absolute vertical print position in page mode PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS ( A Execute test print MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( C Edit NV user memory CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( D Enable/disable real-time command MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( E User setup commands CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS GS ( H Require response transmission MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS ( K Select printing control MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS Sp
CONFIDENTIAL Command Name Function type * GS C ; Select counter mode (B) COUNTER PRINTING COMMANDS GS H Select printing position of HRI characters BAR CODE COMMANDS GS I Transmit printer ID MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS L Set left margin PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS P Set horizontal and vertical motion units MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS * GS Q 0 Print variable vertical size bit image BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS GS T Set print position to the beginning of print line PRINT POSITION COMMANDS GS V Select cu
CONFIDENTIAL Command Name Function type GS j Enable/disable Ink Automatic Status Back (ASB) STATUS COMMANDS GS k Print bar code BAR CODE COMMANDS GS r Transmit status STATUS COMMANDS * GS v 0 Print raster bit image BIT-IMAGE COMMANDS GS w Set bar code width BAR CODE COMMANDS GS z 0 Set online recovery wait time MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS GS z 0 (TM-L90 w/ Peeler) Set online recovery wait time MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS * obsolete command Paper roll Commands in alphanumeric order Ver. 10.
CONFIDENTIAL The following commands are supported only by Simplified Chinese/Traditional Chinese/Japanese models. Command Name Function type FS ! Set print mode(s) for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS & Select Kanji character mode KANJI COMMANDS FS ( A Define character effects of Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS – Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters KANJI COMMANDS FS .
CONFIDENTIAL obsolete commands The following commands are obsolete commands and will not be supported by future printer models. More suitable substitute commands are listed to the right.
CONFIDENTIAL Commands arranged by function COMMANDS ARRANGED BY FUNCTION Click any item to see the commands in that category.
CONFIDENTIAL Print commands Print commands PRINT COMMANDS Command LF FF (in page mode) CR ESC FF ESC J ESC K ESC d ESC e Paper roll Print commands Name Print and line feed Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) Print and carriage return Print data in page mode Print and feed paper Print and reverse feed Print and feed n lines Print and reverse feed n lines Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL LF EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print and line feed [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None LF 0A 10 [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds one line, based on the current line spacing. [Notes] ■ The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing command (ESC 2 or ESC 3). ■ After printing, the print position moves to the beginning of the line.
CONFIDENTIAL FF (in page mode) EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print and return to standard mode (in page mode) [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Default] None [Range] None FF 0C 12 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] In page mode, prints all the data in the print buffer collectively and switches from page mode to standard mode. [Notes] ■ This command is enabled only in page mode. See FF (in standard mode) to use this command in standard mode.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] None Program Example for all printers PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; ←Select page mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); Print Sample AAAAA BBBBB CCCCC PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); CHR$(0);CHR$(60);CHR$(0);CHR$(90);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); ←Store characters for printing PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); ←Store characters for printing PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HC); ←Batch print Paper roll Pr
CONFIDENTIAL CR EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print and carriage return [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None CR 0D 13 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Description] Executes one of the following operations.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U230, TM-U220 Program Example (Line thermal) Print Sample (Line thermal) ←Auto line feed enabled AAAAA PRINT #1, "AAAAA";CHR$(&HD); PRINT #1, " BBBBB BBBBB";CHR$(&HA); BBBBB ←Auto line feed disabled AAAAA Program Example (Serial dot head) Print Sample (Serial dot head) AAAAA PRINT #1, "AAAAA";CHR$(&HD); PRINT #1, " BBBBB BBBBB";CHR$(&HA); AAAAABBBBB ←Auto line feed enabled ←Auto line feed disabled
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by Memory switch 1-5. This printer has only a line thermal head. TM-U230 Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. This printer has only a serial dot head. TM-U220 Auto line feed for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 1-1. This printer has only a serial dot head. Paper roll Print commands CR Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC FF EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print data in page mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None ESC FF 1B 0C 27 12 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] In page mode, prints the data in the print buffer collectively. [Notes] ■ This command is enabled only in page mode. Page mode can be selected by ESC L. ■ After printing, the printer does not clear the buffered data, the print position, or values set by other commands.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC J EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print and feed paper [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] None ESC J n 1B 4A n 27 74 n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds the paper n × (vertical or horizontal motion unit). [Notes] ■ The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40 inches}. If the specified amount exceeds 1016 mm {40 inches}, the paper feed amount is automatically set to 1016 mm {40 inches}.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-T88IV, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 Program Example for all printers Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); AAAAA PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); BBBBB PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&H1B);"J";CHR$(100); PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); CCCCC PRINT #1, "DDDDD"; CHR$(&HA); DDDDD ESC J used to print one line and advance the paper by 100/180 inch TM-J2000/J2100 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specifi
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. In standard mode, if the character height is greater than the specified paper feed amount, the paper is fed the amount of the character height. For example, if a paper feed of 30 dots is specified with ESC J, but the character height is 48 dots, the paper is fed 48 dots.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC K EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print and reverse feed [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-U230, TM-U220: 0 ≤ n ≤ 48 [Default] None ESC K 1B 4B 27 75 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 [Description] Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds the paper n × (vertical motion unit) in the reverse direction. [Notes] ■ The maximum paper feed amount depends on the printer model.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-U230, TM-U220 Program Example for all printers PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); Print Sample AAAAACCCCC BBBBB ESC K used to print one line and then reverse feed the paper by 30/180 inch PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&H1B);"K";CHR$(30); PRINT #1, " CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); TM-U230 This command must not be executed consecutively more than two times. The vertical motion unit is 0.176 mm {1/144 inch}.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC d EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print and feed n lines [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] None ESC d n 1B 64 n 27 100 n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds n lines. [Notes] ■ The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing command (ESC 2 or ESC 3). ■ The maximum paper feed amount is 1016 mm {40 inches}.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-L90 Program Example for all printers Print Sample PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); AAAAA PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(6); BBBBB PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA); ESC d used to print one line and advance the paper by six lines CCCCC TM-T90, TM-T70 The amount of paper feed of the Japanese Kanji model can specify even 900 mm or less {35.4 inches}.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC e EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print and reverse feed n lines [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-U230, TM-U220: 0 ≤ n ≤ 2 [Default] None ESC e n 1B 65 n 27 101 n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 [Description] Prints the data in the print buffer and feeds n lines in the reverse direction. [Notes] ■ The amount of paper fed per line is based on the value set using the line spacing command (ESC 2 or ESC 3).
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 This command must not be executed consecutively more than two times. In the reverse direction, the maximum paper feed amount is 8.467 mm {48/144 inch}. If the specified amount exceeds 8.467 mm {48/144 inch}, the printer only prints the data and does not feed the paper. TM-U220 This command must not be executed consecutively more than two times. Reverse direction paper feeding causes the following problems: ■ Paper feed pitch is incorrect. ■ Printer noise is louder than normal.
CONFIDENTIAL Line spacing commands LINE SPACING COMMANDS Command ESC 2 ESC 3 Paper roll Line spacing commands Name Select default line spacing Set line spacing Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC 2 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select default line spacing [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None ESC 2 1B 32 27 50 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Description] Sets the line spacing to the “default line spacing.” [Notes] ■ The line spacing can be set independently in standard mode and in page mode. • In standard mode this command sets the line spacing of standard mode. • In page mode this command sets the line spacing of page mode.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV The default line spacing is about 4.23 mm {1/6 inch}, which is equivalent to 30 dots. When the maximum character height exceeds 30 dots in one line, the printer will feed the amount of paper equal to the height of the character when changing lines in standard mode. TM-L90 The default line spacing is about 3.75 mm (30/203 inch), which is equivalent to 30 dots.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC 3 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set line spacing [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] TM-P60: n = 30 Printers other than the above: Amount of line spacing which corresponds to “default line spacing.” (See ESC 2 for the default line spacing.) ESC 3 1B 33 27 51 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Sets the line spacing to n × (vertical or horizontal motion unit). [Notes] ■ The maximum line spacing is 1016 mm {40 inches}.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-T88IV, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 Program example for ESC 2 and ESC 3 Program Example Print Sample AAAAA AAAAA PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); FOR n=25 TO 50 STEP 5 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"3";CHR$(n); ←Set line spacing PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); AAAAA AAAAA AAAAA NEXT n AAAAA 25/180-inch line spacing 30/180-inch line spacing 35/180-inch line spacing 40/180-inch line spacing 45/180-inch line spacing 50/18
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. In standard mode, if the character height is greater than the line spacing specified by this command, the paper is fed the amount of the character height. For example, if a line spacing of 30 dots is specified with this command, but the characters used are double height Font A (48 dots), the paper is fed 48 dots. The amount of paper feed of the Japanese Kanji model can specify up to 900 mm {35.4 inches}.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 The vertical motion unit is 0.176 mm {1/144 inch}. This value equals a half dot pitch. This command does not use the horizontal motion unit because this printer does not support page mode. The default value is (n = 24). TM-U220 The vertical motion unit is 0.176 mm {1/144 inch}. This value equals a half dot pitch. This command does not use the horizontal motion unit because this printer does not support page mode. The default value is (n = 24).
CONFIDENTIAL Character commands Character commands CHARACTER COMMANDS Command CAN ESC SP ESC ! ESC % ESC & ESC – ESC ? ESC E ESC G ESC M ESC R ESC V ESC r ESC t ESC { GS ( N GS ! GS B GS b Paper roll Character commands Name Cancel print data in page mode Set right-side character spacing Select print mode(s) Select/cancel user-defined character set Define user-defined characters Turn underline mode on/off Cancel user-defined characters Turn emphasized mode on/off Turn double-strike mode on/off Select
CONFIDENTIAL CAN EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Cancel print data in page mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None CAN 18 24 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] In page mode, deletes all the print data in the current print area. [Notes] ■ This command is enabled only in page mode. Page mode is selected by ESC L. ■ If data set in the previously specified print area is set in the currently specified print area, it is deleted.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC SP SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set right-side character spacing [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 ESC SP 1B 20 27 32 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Sets the right-side character spacing to n × (horizontal or vertical motion unit). [Notes] ■ The character spacing set by this command is effective for alphanumeric, Kana, and user-defined characters.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ It is used to change the spacing between characters.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC ! SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select print mode(s) [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90: n = 0 TM-U230, TM-U220: n = 1 ESC ! 1B 21 27 33 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Description] Selects the character font and styles (emphasized, double-height, double-width, and underline) together as follows: n: Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00 0 Character font 1 selected.
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ Settings of this command are effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, the power is turned off, or one of the following commands is executed: • Bit 0 (character font): ESC M • Bit 3 (Emphasized mode): ESC E • Bit 4, 5 (character size): GS ! • Bit 7 (underline mode): ESC – ■ Configurations of Font 1 and Font 2 are different, depending on the printer model. If the desired font type cannot be selected with this command, use ESC M.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U230, TM-U220 Program Example for all printers Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(0); "AA"; ← Font A PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(8); "BB"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(16); "CC"; ←Font B with underline PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(24); "DD"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(32); "EE"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(40); "FF"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(48); "GG"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"!";CHR$(56
CONFIDENTIAL Each character’s baseline is as follows. Font A (12 × 24): 21 dots from the top of a character. Font C (8 × 16): 15 dots from the top of a character. Font B (12 × 24) can be selected by ESC M. TM-T88IV Character configurations Bit 0: Font 1 = Font A (12 × 24) Font 2 = Font B (9 × 17) Each character’s baseline is as follows: Font A (12 × 24): 21 dots from the top of a character. Font B (9 × 17): 16 dots from the top of a character.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230, TM-U220 Character configurations Bit 0: Font 1 = Font A (9 × 9) Font 2 = Font B (7 × 9) Both fonts have no baseline. Paper roll Character commands ESC ! Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC % SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select/cancel user-defined character set [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 ESC % 1B 25 27 37 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Description] [Notes] Selects or cancels the user-defined character set. • When the LSB of n is 0, the user-defined character set is canceled. • When the LSB of n is 1, the user-defined character set is selected.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC & SETTING COMMAND [Name] Define user-defined characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90: [Other than Japanese model] y=3 32 ≤ c1 ≤ c2 ≤ 126 0 ≤ x ≤ 12 (Font A (12 × 24)) 0 ≤ x ≤ 9 (Font B (9 × 17)) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = c2 – c1 + 1 [Japanese model] y = 3 (Font A (12 × 24)/Font B (10 × 24)) y = 2 (Font C (8 × 16)) 32 ≤ c1 ≤ c2 ≤ 126 0 ≤ x ≤ 12 (Font A (12 × 24)) 0 ≤ x ≤ 10 (Font B (10 × 24)) 0 ≤ x ≤ 8 (Font C (8 × 16)) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = c2 – c1 + 1 TM-T88IV:
CONFIDENTIAL 0 ≤ x ≤ 9 (Font B (9 × 17)) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = c2 – c1 + 1 [Japanese model] y = 3 (Font A (12 × 24)) y = 2 (Font B (8 × 16)) 32 ≤ c1 ≤ c2 ≤ 126 0 ≤ x ≤ 12 (Font A (12 × 24)) 0 ≤ x ≤ 8 (Font B (8 × 16)) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = c2 – c1 + 1 TM-U230, TM-U220: y=2 32 ≤ c1 ≤ c2 ≤ 126 0 ≤ x ≤ 12 (Font A (9 × 9)) 0 ≤ x ≤ 10 (Font B (7 × 9)) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = c2 – c1 + 1 [Default] None [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Description] Defines the user-defined character pattern for the specified character
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Data (d) specifies a bit printed to 1 and not printed to 0. The dot pattern is in the horizontal direction from the left side. Any remaining dots on the right side are blank. ■ The data to define a user-defined character is (y × x) bytes. ■ When the value of y, c1, c2, or x is out of the range, this command is canceled, and the following data is processed as normal data. ■ This command can define user-defined characters for each font independently. To select a font, use ESC ! or ESC M.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ A user-defined character, downloaded graphics, and downloaded bit image cannot be defined simultaneously on some printer models. • When this command is executed, the downloaded bit image is cleared. • When GS ( L or GS ✻ is executed, the user-defined character data is cleared.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV Only the MSB can be printed in the third byte for vertical direction of Font B. A user-defined character and downloaded bit image cannot be defined simultaneously. TM-T70 Only the MSB can be printed in the third byte for vertical direction of Font B of models other than Japanese model. A user-defined character and downloaded bit image cannot be defined simultaneously. TM-L90 Only the MSB can be printed in the third byte for vertical direction of Font B of other than Japanese model.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC – SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn underline mode on/off [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70,TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U220: 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50 TM-U230: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 [Default] n=0 ESC – n 1B 2D n 27 45 n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Turns underline mode on or off using n as follows: n Function 0, 48 Turns off underline mode 1, 49 Turns on underline mode (1-dot thick) 2, 50 Turns on underline mode (2-dots thic
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-U220 Program Example for all printers Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"-";CHR$(1); ← Select AAAAA ← Underline (1-dot thick) turned on PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); BBBBB ← Underline turned off PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"-";CHR$(0); ← Cancel PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); TM-U220 When (n = 1, 2, 49, 50), this command specifies the underline mode (1 dot thick). Paper roll Character commands ESC – Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC ? SETTING COMMAND [Name] Cancel user-defined characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 32 ≤ n ≤ 126 [Default] None ESC ? 1B 3F 27 63 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Description] Deletes the user-defined character pattern specified by character code n. [Notes] ■ After the user-defined characters are canceled, the resident character set is printed. ■ This command can cancel user-defined characters for each font independently.
CONFIDENTIAL Program example for ESC %, ESC &, and ESC ? Program Example Program Example (continued) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"&";CHR$(2);"AC"; DATA &H18,&H00,&H00,&H00,&H3C,&H00,&H00,&H00 PRINT #1, CHR$(9); DATA &H7E,&H00,&H00,&H00,&H3C,&H00,&H00,&H00 FOR i=1 TO 2*9 DATA &H18,&H00 READ d: PRINT #1, CHR$(d); DATA &H18,&H00,&H00,&H00,&H24,&H00,&H00,&H00 NEXT i DATA &H42,&H00,&H00,&H00,&H24,&H00,&H00,&H00 PRINT #1, CHR$(9); DATA &H18,&H00 FOR i=1 TO 2*9 DATA &H00,&H00,&H10,&H00,&H20,&H00,&H5F,&H00
CONFIDENTIAL ESC E SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn emphasized mode on/off [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 ESC E 1B 45 27 69 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] [Notes] Turns emphasized mode on or off. • When the LSB of n is 0, emphasized mode is turned off. • When the LSB of n is 1, emphasized mode is turned on. ■ This mode is effective for alphanumeric, Kana, multilingual, and user-defined characters.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC G SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn double-strike mode on/off [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 ESC G 1B 47 27 71 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Description] [Notes] Turns double-strike mode on or off. • When the LSB of n is 0, double-strike mode is turned off. • When the LSB of n is 1, double-strike mode is turned on. ■ The double-strike mode is effective for alphanumeric, Kana, multilingual, and user-defined characters.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC M SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select character font [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 (Other than Japanese model) 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50 (Japanese model) TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-U220: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 TM-P60: 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50, n = 97 (Peeler model) 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50 (Other than peeler model) [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90: n = 0 TM-P60, TM-U220: n = 1 ESC M n 1B 4D n 27 77 n [Printers not featuring t
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U220 Program Example for all printers Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"M";CHR$(0);←Select font A AAAAA ←Font A PRINT #1, "AAAAA";CHR$(&HA); BBBBB ←Font B PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"M";CHR$(1); ←Select font B PRINT #1,"BBBBB";CHR$(&HA); TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90 [Other than Japanese model] Character configurations Font A: (12 × 24) Font B: (9 × 17) Each character’s baseline is as follows: Font A
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV Character configurations Font A: (12 × 24) Font B: (9 × 17) Each character’s baseline is as follows: Font A (12 × 24): 21 dots from the top of a character. Font B (9 × 17): 16 dots from the top of a character. TM-T70 [Other than Japanese model] Character configurations Font A: (12 × 24) Font B: (9 × 17) Each character’s baseline is as follows: Font A (12 × 24): 21 dots from the top of a character. Font B (9 × 17): 16 dots from the top of a character.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 [Peeler model] Character configurations Font A: (12 × 24) Font B: (10 × 24) Font C: (8 × 16) Extended font (Special font: 24 × 48) Each character’s baseline is as follows: Font A (12 × 24): 21 dots from the top of a character. Font B (10 × 24): 21 dots from the top of a character. Font C (8 × 16): 15 dots from the top of a character. Special font (24 × 48): The 42nd dot from the top edge of the character Special fonts (24 × 48) have the following restrictions.
CONFIDENTIAL [Other than peeler model] Character configurations Font A: (12 × 24) Font B: (10 × 24) Font C: (8 × 16) Each character’s baseline is as follows: Font A (12 × 24): 21 dots from the top of a character. Font B (10 × 24): 21 dots from the top of a character. Font C (8 × 16): 15 dots from the top of a character. TM-U220 Character configurations Font A (9 × 9) Font B (7 × 9) Both fonts have no baseline. Paper roll Character commands ESC M Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC R SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select an international character set [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-U230: 0 ≤ n ≤ 13 TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U220: 0 ≤ n ≤ 15 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-U230: n = 0 TM-T88IV: n = 15 (Simplified Chinese model) n = 0 (Other than the Simplified Chinese model) TM-T70, TM-P60: n = 8 [Japanese model] n = 0 [Other than the Japanese model] TM-U220: n = 0 (Other than the Simplified Chinese model or Simpl
CONFIDENTIAL n Country 10 Denmark II 11 Spain II 12 Latin America 13 Korean 14 Slovenia / Croatia 15 Chinese ■ The selected international character set is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC V SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn 90° clockwise rotation mode on/off [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50 [Default] n=0 ESC V 1B 56 27 86 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] In standard mode, turns 90° clockwise rotation mode on or off for characters, using n as follows: n Function 0, 48 Turns off 90° clockwise rotation mode.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-L90 Program Example for all printers Print Sample Character spacing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);" ";CHR$(20);←Set character spacing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"3";CHR$(15);←Set line spacing ABC ABC ABC ABC ABC ABC PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"V";CHR$(1);←Select Line spacing ESC V 1 PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); A AAAAA B BBBBB C CCCCC PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; CHR$(&HA
CONFIDENTIAL ESC r SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select print color [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] n = 0, 1, 48, 49 [Default] n=0 ESC r n 1B 72 n 27 114 n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 [Description] [Notes] Selects a print color, using n as follows: n Print color 0, 48 Black 1, 49 Red ■ When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2100, TM-U230, TM-U220 Program Example for all printers Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"r";CHR$(1);←Select red AAAAA ←Red PRINT #1, "AAAAA";CHR$(&HA); BBBBB ←Black PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"r";CHR$(0); ←Select black PRINT #1,"BBBBB";CHR$(&HA); TM-J2100 GS ( N or GS ( L are recommended when defining two-color printing with this printer.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC t SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select character code table [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: 0 ≤ n ≤ 5, 16 ≤ n ≤ 19, n = 255 TM-U230: 0 ≤ n ≤ 5, n = 16, 254, 255 (Other than the following models) 0 ≤ n ≤ 8, n = 16, 254, 255 (Japanese model) TM-U220: 0 ≤ n ≤ 5, 16 ≤ n ≤ 19, n = 254, 255 (Other than the following models) 0 ≤ n ≤ 8, 16 ≤ n ≤ 19, n = 254, 255 (Japanese model) [Default] n=0 ESC t n 1B 74 n 27 116 n [Printers not fea
CONFIDENTIAL n Character code table 17 Page 17 [PC866 (Cyrillic #2)] 18 Page 18 [PC852 (Latin 2)] 19 Page 19 [PC858 (Euro)] 254 Page 254 255 Page 255 ■ The characters of each page are the same for alphanumeric parts (ASCII code: Hexadecimal = 20H to 7FH / Decimal = 32 to 127 20H to 7FH), and different for the escape character parts (ASCII code: Hexadecimal = 80H to FFH / Decimal = 128 to 255 80H to FFH).
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90 Page 255 is able to be edited by ~ of GS ( E. When the printer is shipped, the page is a space page. TM-T88IV, TM-T70 Page 255 is a space page. TM-P60 Page 255 is able to be edited by ~ of GS ( E. When the printer is shipped, the page is a space page. Settings of this command do not affect special font (24 × 48) printing.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC { SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn upside-down print mode on/off [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 ESC { n 1B 7B n 27 123 n [Printers not featuring this command] [Description] [Notes] None In standard mode, turns upside-down print mode on or off. • When the LSB of n is 0, upside-down print mode is turned off. • When the LSB of n is 1, upside-down print mode is turned on.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] None Program Example for all printers Normal printing PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"{";CHR$(0); ← Cancel ABCDE BCDEF PRINT #1, "ABCDE"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BCDEF"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"{";CHR$(1); ← Select ABCDE BCDEF PRINT #1, "ABCDE"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BCDEF"; CHR$(&HA); Paper roll Character commands Print Sample Upside-down printing ESC { Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( N [Name] SETTING COMMAND Select character effects [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Selects the character style(s) • fn Function No. Function name 48 Function 48 Select character color 49 Function 49 Select background color 50 Function 50 Turn shading mode on/off • [Notes] Function code fn specifies the function. pL, pH specifies (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and [parameters]).
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example for all printers PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(N";CHR$(2);CHR$(0); Print Sample Color 1 Color 2 PRINT #1, CHR$(48); CHR$(49);←Set character color 1 PRINT #1, "Color 1"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(N";CHR$(2);CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(48); CHR$(50);←Set character color 2 PRINT #1, "Color 2"; TM-J2000/J2100 The printer supports all functions. When using ink cartridge SJIC5 only for TM-J2000, only Color 1 is available.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( N pL pH fn m [Name] Select character color [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH =0) TM-J2000 (single-color printing model): m = 48, 49 TM-J2100 (two-color printing model): 48 ≤ m ≤ 51 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-L90: m = 49, 50 [Default] m = 49 [Description] Selects character color specified by m as follows: [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 N 4E 78 pL pH fn m 02 00 30 m 2 0 48 m m Character color 48 None (not print) 49 Color 1 50 Color 2 51
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 After processing this function, the bit images (ESC *), downloaded bit images, and NV bit images are always printed in Color 1. TM-T90, TM-L90 This function is available only when the recommended two-color thermal paper is selected. TM-T88IV This function can be used when two-color printing control is selected with GS ( E . Paper roll Character commands GS ( N Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( N pL pH fn m [Name] Select background color [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL =2, pH =0) TM-J2000 (single-color printing model): m = 48, 49 TM-J2100 (two-color printing model): 48 ≤ m ≤ 51 [Default] m = 48 [Description] Selects background color by m as follows: [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 N 4E 78 pL pH fn m 02 00 31 m 2 0 49 m m Background color 48 None (not print) 49 Color 1 50 Color 2 51 Color 3 ■ This function does not affect t
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-L90 This printer does not support this function. Paper roll Character commands GS ( N Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( N pL pH fn m [Name] Turn shading mode on/off [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) fn = 50 m = 0, 1, 48, 49 TM-J2000/J2100: a = 48 [Default] m = 0, a = 48 [Default] Turns the character shadow mode on or off. GS ( 1D 28 29 40 m N 4E 78 pL pH fn m 03 00 32 m 3 0 50 m a a a Function 0, 48 Character shadow mode is turned on. 1, 49 Character shadow mode is turned off.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 The color of the shadow cannot be specified. Always select None (a = 48). TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-L90 This printer does not support this function. Paper roll Character commands GS ( N Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ! SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select character size [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 7, 16 ≤ n ≤ 23, 32 ≤ n ≤ 39, 48 ≤ n ≤ 55, 64 ≤ n ≤ 71, 80 ≤ n ≤ 87, 96 ≤ n ≤ 103, 112 ≤ n ≤ 119 (1 ≤ height ≤ 8, 1 ≤ width ≤ 8) [Default] n=0 GS ! 1D 21 29 33 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Selects the character height (vertical number of times normal font size) using bits 0 to 2 and selects the character width (horizontal number of times normal f
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ The character size set by this command is effective for alphanumeric, Kana, multilingual, and user-defined characters. ■ When the characters are enlarged with different heights on one line, all the characters on the line are aligned at the baseline. ■ When the characters are enlarged widthwise, the characters are enlarged to the right, based on the left side of the character. ■ ESC ! can also turn double-width and double-height modes on or off.
CONFIDENTIAL GS B SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn white/black reverse print mode on/off [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 GS B 1D 42 29 66 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] Turns white/black reverse print mode on or off. • When the LSB of n is 0, white/black reverse print mode is turned off. • When the LSB of n is 1, white/black reverse print mode is turned on.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] None Program Example for all printers PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"B";CHR$(1); ←Select Print Sample AAAAA ←White/black reverse printing BBBBB ←Normal printing PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"B";CHR$(0); ←Cancel PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); Paper roll Character commands GS B Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS b SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn smoothing mode on/off [Format] ASCII Hex Decima [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 GS b 1D 62 29 98 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] Turns smoothing mode on or off. • When the LSB of n is 0, smoothing mode is turned off. • When the LSB of n is 1, smoothing mode is turned on.
CONFIDENTIAL Panel button command Panel button commands PANEL BUTTON COMMANDS Command ESC c 5 Paper roll Panel button commands Name Enable/disable panel buttons Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC c 5 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Enable/disable panel buttons [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 ESC c 1B 63 27 99 5 35 53 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] [Notes] Enables or disables the panel buttons. • When the LSB of n is 0, all buttons are enabled. • When the LSB of n is 1, all buttons are disabled.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 Program Example for all printers PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c5";CHR$(1); ← Disable panel buttons TM-J2000/J2100 The panel buttons are PAPER FEED and CLEANING. The setting of this command does not affect the CLEANING button. When executing GS ^, if the PAPER OUT LED flashes, the PAPER FEED button is enabled regardless of the setting of this command.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 The panel button is FEED. When the cover is open or the roll paper end sensor detects a paper end, the FEED button is disabled regardless of the settings of this command. TM-L90 with Peeler When executing GS ^ or when the peeling issuing mode is selected and the printer is in one of the following status conditions, if the PAPER OUT LED blinks, the FEED button is enabled regardless of the setting of this command. However, paper cannot be fed by the button.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 The panel button is PAPER FEED. When you change the roll paper after the printer stops printing because of roll paper end, the following processing is done regardless of the settings of this command. • • When the printer is waiting for the roll paper to be set (the LED is off), the PAPER FEED is enabled, and paper can be fed. When the LED blinks to indicate that the printer is confirming the status, the PAPER FEED is enabled. Even if the switch is pressed, paper cannot be fed.
CONFIDENTIAL Paper sensor commands Paper Sensor Commands PAPER SENSOR COMMANDS Command ESC c 3 ESC c 4 Paper roll Paper Sensor Commands Name Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC c 3 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select paper sensor(s) to output paper-end signals [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T70, TM-L90: n = 0 TM-T90: n = 0 (For the Japanese model or when memory switch Msw 8-7 is OFF.) n = 15 (When the memory switch Msw 8-7 is ON.) TM-T88IV: n = 0 (When the DIP switch SW1-3 is ON.) n = 15 (When the DIP switch SW1-3 is OFF.
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ This command is enabled only with a parallel interface and is ignored with a serial interface. ■ The roll paper near-end sensor is enabled when either bit 0 or bit 1 is on or both are on. ■ The roll paper end sensor is enabled when either bit 2 or bit 3 is on or both are on. ■ It is possible to select multiple sensors to output signals. When any of the sensors detects a paper-end, the paper-end signal is output.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC c 4 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select paper sensor(s) to stop printing [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n =0 ESC c 1B 63 27 99 4 34 52 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Description] Selects the paper sensor(s) to use to stop printing when a paper end is detected using n as follows: n: Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00 0 Roll paper near-end sensor disabled. On 01 1 Roll paper near-end sensor enabled.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The roll paper end sensor is enabled when either bit 2 or bit 3 is on or both are on. ■ When a paper near-end is detected, printing stops after printing the current line and feeding the paper. The printer goes offline and Paper LED comes on after printing stops. To resume printing, cancel the “roll paper near-end” status by replacing the roll paper.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 Bits 2 and 3 are undefined. The roll paper end sensor is always enabled, and when it detects a paper-end, the printer stops printing. When a roll paper near-end or a roll paper end is detected, the PAPER OUT LED comes on. When the built-in buzzer is enabled (DIP switch 2-8 is ON), the buzzer rings when the PAPER OUT LED comes on. TM-U220 Bits 2 and 3 are undefined. The roll paper end sensor is always enabled, and when it detects a paper-end, the printer stops printing.
CONFIDENTIAL Print position commands Print position commands PRINT POSITION COMMANDS Command HT ESC $ ESC D ESC T ESC W ESC \ ESC a GS $ GS L GS T GS W GS \ Paper roll Print position commands Name Horizontal tab Set absolute print position Set horizontal tab positions Select print direction in page mode Set print area in page mode Set relative print position Select justification Set absolute vertical print position in page mode Set left margin Set print position to the beginning of print line Set prin
CONFIDENTIAL HT EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Horizontal tab [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None HT 09 9 [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Moves the print position to the next horizontal tab position. [Notes] ■ This command is ignored unless the next horizontal tab position has been set. ■ Horizontal tab positions are set by ESC D. ■ If the next horizontal tab position exceeds the print area, the printer sets the print position to [Print area width + 1].
CONFIDENTIAL ESC $ EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Set absolute print position [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ nL ≤ 255 0 ≤ nH ≤ 255 ESC $ 1B 24 27 36 nL nL nL nH nH nH [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Moves the print position to (nL + nH × 256) × (horizontal or vertical motion unit) from the left edge of the print area. [Notes] ■ The printer ignores any setting that exceeds the print area.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is approximately 0.125 mm {1/203 inches}. This value equals one dot pitch. Paper roll Print position commands ESC $ Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC D SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set horizontal tab positions [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 1 ≤ n ≤ 255 0 ≤ k ≤ 32 [Default] n = 8, 16, 24, 32, ... (Every eight characters for the default font set by ESC ! or ESC M) ESC D 1B 44 27 68 n1 ... nk n1 ... nk n1 ... nk NUL 00 0 [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] [Notes] Sets horizontal tab positions. • n specifies the number of digits from the setting position to the left edge of the print area.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Horizontal tab position settings are effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. ■ Print position can be changed by HT. ■ When the left margin setting is changed, the horizontal tab position is also changed.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC T SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select print direction in page mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 3, 48 ≤ n ≤ 51 [Default] n=0 ESC T 1B 54 27 84 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 Print direction Starting position 0, 48 Left to right Upper left (A in the figure) 1, 49 Bottom to top Lower left (B in the figure) 2, 50 Right to left Lower right (C in the figure) 3, 51 Top to bottom Upper right (D in the figure) A Print area B n D [
CONFIDENTIAL • If the starting position is the upper right or lower left of the print area: These commands use horizontal motion units: ESC 3, ESC J, GS $, GS \ These commands use vertical motion units: ESC SP, ESC $, ESC \ ■ The settings of this command are effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC W SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set print area in page mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ xL, xH, yL, yH, dxL, dxH, dyL, dyH ≤ 255 (except for dxL = dxH = 0 or dyL = dyH = 0) [Default] Horizontal logical origin and vertical logical origin= 0 xL = 0, xH = 0, yL = 0, yH = 0 Print area width and print area height = entire printable area TM-J2000 (single-color printing model): (dxL + dxH × 256) = 512 (dxL = 0, dxH = 2) (when paper width is set to 82.
CONFIDENTIAL (dxL + dxH × 256) = 360 (dxL = 104, dxH = 1) (when paper width is set to 58 mm) (dyL + dyH × 256) = 1662 (dyL = 126, dyH = 6) [Japanese model] (dxL + dxH × 256) = 576 (dxL = 64, dxH = 2) (when paper width is set to 80 mm) (dxL + dxH × 256) = 436 (dxL = 180, dxH = 1) (when paper width is set to 60 mm) (dxL + dxH × 256) = 420 (dxL = 164, dxH = 1) (when paper width is set to 58 mm) (dyL + dyH × 256) = 1476 (dyL = 196, dyH = 5) TM-T88IV: (dxL + dxH × 256) = 512 (dxL = 0, dxH = 2) (when paper width
CONFIDENTIAL [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] In page mode, sets the size and the logical origin of the print area as follows: • Horizontal logical origin = (xL + xH × 256) × (horizontal motion unit) from absolute origin. • Vertical logical origin = (yL + yH × 256) × (vertical motion unit) from absolute origin.
CONFIDENTIAL • When adjusting the printable area of the page mode with of GS ( P, specify the printable area to be the same as the setting of the printable area by this command after executing ESC L. ■ The print area and the logical origin set by this command are effective only in page mode. ■ This command setting has no effect in standard mode.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. The maximum vertical motion unit that can be set differs according to the printing control (single color/two-color) setting. Refer to GS ( E for specifying printing control (single-color/ two-color). • When single-color printing control is selected : 234.35 mm {3324/360 inches} • When two-color printing control is selected : 117.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC \ EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Set relative print position [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] –32768 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 32767 [Default] None ESC \ 1B 5C 27 92 nL nL nL nH nH nH [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Moves the print position to (nL + nH × 256) × (horizontal or vertical motion unit) from the current position. [Notes] ■ The printer ignores any setting that exceeds the print area.
CONFIDENTIAL Program example for ESC $ and ESC \ Program Example Print Sample 90/180 inch PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, "ABCD"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"$";CHR$(90);CHR$(0); ←Set absolute position ABCD ABCD EFGH EFGH PRINT #1, "EFGH"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "ABCD"; 90/180 inch PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"\";CHR$(90);CHR$(0); ←Set relative position PRINT #1, "EFGH"; CHR$(&HA); TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC a SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select justification [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50 [Default] n=0 ESC a 1B 61 27 97 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] [Notes] In standard mode, aligns all the data in one line to the selected layout, using n as follows: n Justification 0, 48 Left justification 1, 49 Centered 2, 50 Right justification ■ When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the begin
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] None Program Example for all printers ABC ABCD ABCDE FOR n=0 TO 2 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"a";CHR$(n); PRINT #1, "ABC"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "ABCD"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "ABCDE"; CHR$(&HA); ESC a 0 ABC ABCD ABCDE ESC a 1 ESC a 2 NEXT n Paper roll Print Sample Print position commands ESC a ABC ABCD ABCDE Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS $ EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Set absolute vertical print position in page mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 255 [Default] None GS $ 1D 24 29 36 nL nL nL nH nH nH [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] In page mode, moves the vertical print position to (nL + nH × 256) × (vertical or horizontal motion unit) from the starting position set by ESC T.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 The vertical or horizontal motion unit is approximately 0.125 mm {1/203 inches}. This value equals one dot pitch. Paper roll Print position commands GS $ Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS L SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set left margin [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 255) [Default] (nL + nH × 256) = 0 (nL = 0, nH = 0) GS L 1D 4C 29 76 nL nH nL nH nL nH [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] In standard mode, sets the left margin to (nL + nH × 256) × (horizontal motion unit) from the left edge of the printable area.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P. TM-P60 Horizontal motion unit is about 0.125 mm {1/203 inch}. This corresponds to 1 dot pitch. Paper roll Print position commands GS L Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS T EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Set print position to the beginning of print line [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] n = 0, 1, 48, 49 [Default] None GS T 1D 54 29 84 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] In standard mode, moves the print position to the beginning of the print line after performing the operation specified by n.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] None Program Example PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"T";CHR$(1); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"c0";CHR$(2); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"V"CHR$(66);CHR$(66); Paper roll Print position commands GS T Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS W SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set print area width [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 255) [Default] Entire printable area TM-J2000/J2100: nL = 0, nH = 2 (when paper width is set to 82.5 mm) nL = 224, nH = 1 (when paper width is set to 76 mm) nL = 176, nH = 1 (when paper width is set to 69.5 mm) nL = 104, nH = 1 (when paper width is set to 57.
CONFIDENTIAL [Other than Peeler model] nL = 164, nH = 1 (when paper width is set to 58 mm) nL = 176, nH = 1 (when paper width is set to 60 mm) [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] In standard mode, sets the print area width to (nL + nH × 256) × (horizontal motion unit). [Notes] ■ When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line. ■ The print area width has no effect in page mode.
CONFIDENTIAL Program example for GS L and GS W Program Example Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); 01234567890123456789 PRINT #1, "01234567890123456789"; CHR$(&HA); 0123456789 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"L";CHR$(60);CHR$(0); ← Set left margin 0123456789 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"W";CHR$(120);CHR$(0); ← Set print area width PRINT #1, "01234567890123456789"; CHR$(&HA); Left Printing area margin width TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90 The horizontal motion unit is specified by GS P.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 [Peeler specification] The maximum value and default value for the printing area width changes according to the paper layout (horizontal layout). See the FS ( L model information for details. [Other than Peeler model] See GS ( E Function 5 for specifying the paper width. Paper roll Print position commands GS W Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS \ EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Set relative vertical print position in page mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] –32768 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 32767 [Default] None GS \ 1D 5C 29 92 nL nL nL nH nH nH [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] In page mode, moves the vertical print position to (nL + nH × 256) × (vertical or horizontal motion unit) from the current position. [Notes] ■ This command is enabled only in page mode.
CONFIDENTIAL Program example for GS $ and GS \ Program Example Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; ←Select page mode AAAAA BBBBB PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); CHR$(180);CHR$(0);CHR$(144);CHR$(1); ←Set print area PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); ←Select print direction PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); 90/180 inch CCCCC ←Print DDDDD EEEEE area set by ESC W PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"$";CHR$(90);CHR$(0); ←Set absol
CONFIDENTIAL Bit-image commands Bit image commands BIT IMAGE COMMANDS Command GS ( L ESC ✻ FS p GS 8 L FS q GS v 0 GS ✻ GS / GS Q 0 Paper roll Bit image commands Name Select bit-image mode Print NV bit image Set graphics data Transmit the NV graphics memory capacity. Set the reference dot density for graphics. Print the graphics data in the print buffer. Transmit the remaining capacity of the NV graphics memory. Transmit the remaining capacity of the download graphics memory.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC ✻ EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Select bit-image mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90: m = 0, 1, 32, 33 1 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 1023 (0 ≤ nL ≤ 255) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = nL + nH × 256 [in case of m = 0, 1] k = (nL + nH × 256) × 3 [in case of m = 32, 33] TM-T88IV, TM-T70: m = 0, 1, 32, 33 1 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 2047 (0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 7) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = nL + nH × 256 [in case of m = 0, 1] k = (nL + nH × 256) × 3 [in case of m = 32, 33] TM-U230, TM-U220: m = 0,
CONFIDENTIAL [Description] Stores the bit image data in the print buffer using the mode specified by bit image mode m as follows: m 0 1 32 33 [Notes] Bit image Mode 8-dot single-density 8-dot double-density 24-dot single-density 24-dot double-density Number of bits for vertical data 8 8 24 24 Dot density in horizontal Single-density Double-density Single-density Double-density • nL, nH specifies a bit image in the horizontal direction as (nL + nH × 256) dots.
CONFIDENTIAL 8 dot mode (m = 0,1) 24 dot mode (m = 32, 33) MSB MSB d1 d4 ... dk-2 LSB MSB d1 d2 ... d2 dk d5 ... dk-1 LSB MSB LSB Paper roll Bit-image commands ESC ✻ d3 d6 ... dk LSB Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U230, TM-U220 Program Example for all printers m=0: GOSUB bitimage8 ←8-dot single-density m=1: GOSUB bitimage8 ←8-dot double-density Print Sample m=0 END m=1 bitimage8: PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"✻";CHR$(m);CHR$(70);CHR$(0); FOR i=1 TO 5 PRINT #1, CHR$(1);CHR$(2);CHR$(4);CHR$(8); PRINT #1, CHR$(16);CHR$(32);CHR$(64);CHR$(128); PRINT #1, CHR$(64);CHR$(32);CHR$(16);CHR$(8); PRINT #1, CHR$(4);CHR$(2); NEXT i
CONFIDENTIAL Horizontal m Bit Image Mode Vertical dot density 1 Maximum number of dots Dot density Set adjacent dots Paper width 82.5 mm Paper width Paper width Paper width 76 mm 69.5 mm 57.5 mm 60 dpi 180 dpi Permitted 512 480 432 360 32 24-dot single-density 180 dpi 90 dpi Permitted 256 240 216 180 33 24-dot double-density 180 dpi 180 dpi Permitted 512 480 432 360 8-dot double-density When the starting position specified by ESC T is upper right or lower left in page mode.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2100 (two-color printing model) The bit image modes selectable by m are as follows: When both standard mode and page mode are selected (a starting position specified by ESC T is upper left or lower right). Horizontal m Bit Image Mode Vertical dot density 0 8-dot single-density 1 8-dot double-density Maximum number of dots Dot density Set adjacent dots Paper width 82.5 mm Paper width 76 mm Paper width 69.5 mm Paper width 57.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90 The bit image modes selectable by m are as follows: “Vertical” is in the direction of paper feeding and “horizontal” is perpendicular (at right angles) to the direction of paper feeding. See Functions 5 and 6 of GS ( E to specify the paper width. When both standard mode and page mode are selected (a starting position specified by ESC T is upper left or lower right).
CONFIDENTIAL 90° or 270° rotated bit-image data will be printed. dpi: dots per 25.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV The bit image modes selectable by m are as follows: When both standard mode and page mode are selected (a starting position specified by ESC T is upper left or lower right).
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T70 The bit image modes selectable by m are as follows: When both standard mode and page mode are selected (a starting position specified by ESC T is upper left or lower right).
CONFIDENTIAL Vertical Horizontal Dot density m 1 Bit Image Mode 8-dot double-density 32 24-dot single-density Other than Japanese model Japanese model Dot density Set adjacent dots Maximum number of dots Other than Japanese model Japanese model 180 dpi 203 dpi Permitted 1662 60 dpi 203/3 dpi 90 dpi 203/2 dpi Permitted 831 180 dpi 203 dpi 203 dpi Permitted 1662 180 dpi 203 dpi 33 24-dot double-density 180 dpi 90° or 270° rotated bit-image data will be printed. dpi: dots per 25.
CONFIDENTIAL When both standard mode and page mode are selected (a starting position specified by ESC T is upper left or lower right).
CONFIDENTIAL When the starting position specified by ESC T is upper right or lower left in page mode. Vertical m Bit Image Mode Dot density Set adjacent dots Maximum number of dots Horizontal dot density 0 8-dot single-density 203/2 dpi Permitted 738 203/3 dpi 1 8-dot double-density 203 dpi Permitted 1476 203/3 dpi 203/2 dpi Permitted 738 203 dpi Permitted 1476 203 dpi 32 24-dot single-density 33 24-dot double-density 203 dpi 90° or 270° rotated bit-image data will be printed.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U220 The bit image modes selectable by m are as follows: ■ “Vertical” is in the direction of paper feeding and “horizontal” is perpendicular (at right angles) to the direction of paper feeding. ■ The maximum number of dots for printing depends on a DIP switch [SW2-1] setting and paper width. See the description of GS ( E for details. Horizontal Maximum number of dots SW2-1: ON SW 2-1: OFF Paper Width 76/ 69.5/ 57.
CONFIDENTIAL FS p EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print NV bit image [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 p n 70 n 112 n m m m [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230 [Range] 1 ≤ n ≤ 255 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV:0 ≤ m ≤ 3, 48 ≤ m ≤ 51 TM-U220: m = 0, 1, 48, 49 [Description] Prints NV bit image n using the process of FS q and using the mode specified by m.
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ This command is not effective when the NV bit image specified by n has not been defined. ■ In standard mode, this command is effective only when there is no data in the print buffer and the printer is at the beginning of the line. ■ In page mode, the NV bit image is only stored in the print buffer and is not printed. ■ If the NV bit image exceeds one line of print area, the printer does not print it. ■ The scales for width and height of NV bit images are specified by m.
CONFIDENTIAL Program example and print sample for FS q and FS p Program Example Program Example (continued) Definition PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"q";CHR$(1);CHR$(18);CHR$(0);CHR$(5);CHR$(0); DATA 83,80,00,00,02,4C,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 FOR i=1 TO 18*5*8 DATA 85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4 READ a$: d=VAL("&H"+a$) DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,05,00,02,4A,08,0A,80,04 PRINT #1, CHR$(d); DATA 85,00,05,00,02,4A,80,0A,80,04,85,00,05,00,02 NEXT
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV These printers support the graphics functions of GS ( L/GS 8 L. It is recommended that GS ( L /GS 8 L be used. Values of [Dot density] and [Maximum print area (dot)] are the same as the graphic function. (See Function 69 of GS ( L/GS 8 L.) TM-U220 The modes selectable by m are as follows: ■ “Vertical” is in the direction of paper feeding and “horizontal” is perpendicular (at right angles) to the direction of paper feeding.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L GS 8 L [Name] EXECUTING + SETTING Set graphics data [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Processes graphics data. • fn Paper roll Function code (fn) specifies the function. Function No. Function name 0, 48 Function 48 Transmit the NV graphics memory capacity. 1, 49 Function 49 Set the reference standard dot density for graphics. 2, 50 Function 50 Print the graphics data in the print buffer.
CONFIDENTIAL fn Function No. Function name 112 Function 112 Store the graphics data in the print buffer (raster format). 113 Function 113 Store the graphics data in the print buffer (column format). • pL, pH specifies (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (m, fn, and [parameters]). • p1, p2, p3, and p4 specify (p1 + p2 × 256 + p3 × 65536 + p4 × 16777216) as the number of bytes after pH (m, fn, and [parameters]). • Description of the [parameters] is described in each function.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The graphics functions provided here maintain upward compatibility with conventional bit image processing. Graphics type Corresponding bit image command (*1) NV graphics FS p, FS q Download graphics GS ✻, GS / Graphics GS Q 0, GS v 0 (*1) These commands are supported by some of the printer models but will not be supported by future models. ■ The various graphics functions (of this command), more user-friendly than conventional bit image functions, offer the following advantages.
CONFIDENTIAL • [Notes] Graphics [Functions 50, 112, and 113] Stores data in the print buffer. When standard mode is selected, prints data using Function 50 and clears the print buffer. When page mode is selected, prints data using FF and ESC FF and clears the print buffer after FF is executed. ■ The functions of this command are determined by the (fn) setting. Actual command operation varies according to function. ■ The NV graphics and download graphics data is managed using key codes.
CONFIDENTIAL • Do not turn off the power or reset the printer from the interface when the relevant functions are being executed. • The printer may be BUSY when storing data and will not receive any data. In this case, be sure not to transmit data from the host. • Excessive use of this function may destroy the non-volatile memory.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ When communication with the printer uses XON/XOFF control with serial interface, the XOFF code may interrupt the “Header to NUL” data string. ■ The information for each function can be identified to other transmission data according to specific data of the transmission data block. When the header transmitted by the printer is [hex = 37H/decimal =55], treat NUL [hex = 00H/decimal =0] as a data group and identify it according to the combination of the header and the identifier.
CONFIDENTIAL (*2) Processing According to Response Code (When Send Data Remains (indicated by identification status of send data group)) Response code Description ACK Initiates operation to send next data. NAK Resends the just-received data. CAN Cancels processing initiated by this command. (*3) Processing According to Response Code (When No More Send Data Remains (indicated by identification status of send data group)) Response code Description ACK, CAN Cancels procedure initiated by this command.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60 Program Sample 1 (Defining and printing NV graphics data) * Description for image data has been omitted. PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(L";CHR$(76);CHR$(6);CHR$(48);CHR$(67);CHR$(48); ←Function 67: defining data (raster) PRINT #1, "G1"; ←Key code PRINT #1, CHR$(2); ←Color no.
CONFIDENTIAL Program Sample 2 (Printing graphics data) * Description for image data has been omitted.
CONFIDENTIAL Program Sample 3 (Sending key code list) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(L";CHR$(4);CHR$(0);CHR$(48);CHR$(64);CHR$(75);CHR$(67); ←Function 64: *LOOP: GOSUB *RECEIVE ←Receives "Header to NUL" data and stores it in ST$ (description omitted) PRINT #1,CHR$(6); ←Sends response code PRINT MID$(ST$,4) ←Displays received data on the monitor IF MID$(ST$,3,1)=CHR$(65) THEN *LOOP ←Checks for presence of continuing data Program Sample 4 (Sending information on capacity available in NV graphics domain) PRINT #1, CH
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90, TM-L90 The printer supports Functions 48, 50, 51, 64 to 67, 69 and 112. The domain of the NV graphics data can be selected by using Function 5 of the GS ( E command. (Unit: byte) Selectable data domain Default 0, 64 K, 128 K, 192 K, 256 K, 320 K, 384 K 384 K The following printing colors are available when two-color printing control is selected with GS ( E .
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV The printer supports Functions 48, 50, 51, 64 to 67, 69 and 112. The NV graphics data domain is 256 KB. The following printing colors are available when two-color printing control is selected with GS ( E . Color selection Printing color Control Color 1 Black Printing high energy Color 2 Red Printing low energy Characters printed with Color 2 may fade, depending on the storage environment. Therefore, when the printing needs to last a long time, print with Color 1.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn [Name] Transmit the NV graphics memory capacity. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 0, 48 [Description] Transmits the entire capacity of the NV graphics area (number of bytes in the NV graphics area). • This function does not require ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol. [Notes] ■ This function is used to send the following data groups, beginning with the Header and ending with NUL.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-L90 TM-T90 If you select a combination of settings that is not possible, the entire capacity of the NV graphics memory that can be in actual use will be sent instead of the memory size set by GS ( E. TM-L90 If you select a combination of settings that is not possible, the entire capacity of the NV graphics memory that can be in actual use will be sent instead of the memory size set by GS ( E. Paper roll Bit-image commands GS ( L GS 8 L Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn x y [Name] Set the reference dot density for graphics. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 1, 49 x = 50, 51 y = 50 [when x = 50] y = 51 [when x = 51] [Description] Sets the reference dot density to process the graphics data or bit image data.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Bit image Command Name FS q Print NV bit image GS / Print download bit image GS Q 0 Print variable vertical size bit image GS v 0 Print raster bit image [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 The printer does not support this function. Paper roll Bit-image commands GS ( L GS 8 L Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn [Name] Print the graphics data in the print buffer. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 2, 50 [Description] Prints the buffered graphics data stored by the process of GS ( L . [Notes] ■ The printer cannot print when there is no graphics data stored in the print buffer.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn [Name] Transmit the remaining capacity of the NV graphics memory. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 3, 51 [Description] Transmits the number of bytes of remaining memory (unused area) in the NV graphics area. GS ( 1D 28 29 40 L 4C 76 pL 02 2 pH m 00 30 0 48 fn fn fn • This function does not require ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn [Name] Transmit the remaining capacity of the download graphics memory. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 4, 52 [Description] Transmits the number of bytes of remaining memory (unused area) in the downloaded graphics area. • [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 L 4C 76 pL 02 2 pH m 00 30 0 48 fn fn fn This function does not require ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 The printer does not support this function. Paper roll Bit-image commands GS ( L GS 8 L Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 [Name] Transmit the key code list for defined NV graphics. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 64 d1 = 75 d2 = 67 [Description] Transmits the defined NV graphics key code list. • [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 L 4C 76 pL 04 4 pH m 00 30 0 48 fn 40 64 d1 4B 75 d2 43 67 This function does require ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol.
CONFIDENTIAL (*2) If the number of NV graphics data groups is 40 or less, they are sent in a single batch, with the Identification status byte (byte 3) set to hexadecimal value 40H and decimal value 64. (*3) The data groups are arranged according to the key codes. ■ When no key codes are present, the data shown below (beginning with Header and ending with NUL) is sent.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3 [Name] Delete all NV graphics data. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 5 (pL = 5, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 65 d1 = 67 d2 = 76 d3 = 82 [Description] Deletes all NV graphics data that has been defined using Functions 67 or 68. [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 L 4C 76 pL 05 5 pH m 00 30 0 48 fn 41 65 d1 43 67 d2 d3 4C 52 76 82 • Deleted areas are designated “Unused areas.” • All key codes are designated as undefined.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 [Name] Delete the specified NV graphics data. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 66 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126 [Description] Deletes the NV graphics data defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2). [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 L 4C 76 pL 04 4 pH m 00 30 0 48 fn 42 66 kc1 kc2 kc1 kc2 kc1 kc2 • Deleted areas are designated “Unused areas.” • Deleted key codes are designated as undefined.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b [Name] Define the NV graphics data (raster format).
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90, TM-L90: b = 1 (when the recommended monochrome paper is used) b = 1, 2 (when the recommended two-color paper is used) 1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 8192 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 32) 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 2304 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 9) c = 49 (when the recommended monochrome paper is used) c = 49, 50 (when the recommended two-color paper is used) TM-T88IV: b = 1 (when single-color printing control is selected) b = 1, 2 (when two-color printing control is selected) 1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 8192 (0 ≤
CONFIDENTIAL • d specifies the defined data (raster format). • k indicates the number of the definition data. k is an explanation parameter; therefore it does not need to be transmitted. ■ In cases where the specified key code already exists in memory, it will be necessary to overwrite the data. [Notes] ■ NV graphics indicate image data groups defined in the printer’s internal non-volatile memory.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Note that it is not possible to create definitions for both NV graphics data (this command) and NV bit image data (FS q). NV bit image data definitions are deleted when this command is used. ■ The relationship between NV graphics data (raster format) and print results is shown in the table below. d1 d2 ... dX dX+1 dX+2 ... dXx2 : : ... : ...
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV Refer to GS ( E for specifying printing control (single-color/two-color). The [data value (k) + control information data value (24 bytes)] area of the NV graphics data domain is used when this function is executed. In order to shorten the execution time of this function, aim to use no more than 50 types for the number of NV graphics registered. The maximum execution time when less than 50 types for the number registered is 60 seconds.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b [Name] Define the NV graphics data (column format).
CONFIDENTIAL [Description] Defines the NV graphics data (column format) as a record specified by the key codes (kc1 and kc2) in the NV graphics area. • b specifies the number of colors for the defined data. • xL and xH specify the number of dots in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256). • yL and yH specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256). • c specifies the color of the defined data.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ In cases where there is insufficient capacity available for storing NV graphics data, this function cannot be used. Use Function 51 to confirm the available capacity in the NV graphics data area. ■ One option is to delete items of NV graphics data that were previously defined to the same key code. ■ The data for byte k of d1 ... dk is processed as a single item of defined NV graphics data.
CONFIDENTIAL The [data value (k) + control information data value (32 bytes)] area of the NV graphics data domain is used when this function is executed. TM-T90,TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 The printer does not support this function. Paper roll Bit-image commands GS ( L GS 8 L Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y [Name] Print the specified NV graphics data. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 6 (pL = 6, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 69 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 : x = 1, 2, y = 1, 2 [Description] Prints the NV graphics data defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2).
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Moves print position to the left side of the print area after printing of graphics data is completed. The printer then enters the “beginning of the line” or “no data in print buffer” state. ■ When printing NV graphic files, use ESC U to specify unidirectional print for vertical alignment of printed text.
CONFIDENTIAL Vertical Horizontal Maximum print area (dot) Maximum print area (dot) Scaling Paper Paper Paper Paper Paper Paper Paper Paper Dot width width width width Dot width width width width density 82.5 mm 26 mm 69.5 mm 57.5 mm density 82.5 mm 76 mm 69.5 mm 57.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T70 The dot density and the maximum print area are described in the next tables (dpi: number of dots per 25.4 mm). “Vertical” is in the direction of paper feeding and “horizontal” is perpendicular (at right angles) to the direction of paper feeding. The maximum print area in the vertical direction is information used when graphics are printed with the page mode selected (for the starting position specified with ESC T is “Upper right” or “Lower left”).
CONFIDENTIAL Scaling × 1 × 2 Vertical Maximum print area Paper width Paper width Dot density 80 mm 60 mm 180 dpi 512 384 90dpi 256 192 Horizontal (dot) Paper width 58 mm 360 180 Dot density Maximum print area (dot) 180 dpi 831 90 dpi 415 Scaling × 1 × 2 Vertical Horizontal Maximum print area (dot) Dot density Paper width 80 mm Paper width 60 / 58 mm Dot density Maximum print area (dot) 203 dpi 576 420 203 dpi 738 203/2 dpi 288 210 203/2 dpi 369 TM-L90 The
CONFIDENTIAL See Function 49 of GS ( E for the origin of layout (paper layout is not used / top of black mark / bottom of label).
CONFIDENTIAL See Function 5 of GS ( E for the paper width. Scaling × 1 × 2 Paper roll Dot density 203 dpi 203/2 dpi Horizontal Maximum print area (dot) Paper width Paper width 58 mm 60 mm 420 432 210 216 Bit-image commands Vertical Dot density 203 dpi 203/2 dpi GS ( L GS 8 L Maximum print area (dot) 1200 600 Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 [Name] Transmit the key code list for defined download graphics. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 80 d1 = 75 d2 = 67 [Description] Transmits the defined downloaded graphics key code list. • [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 L 4C 76 pL 04 4 pH m 00 30 0 48 fn 50 80 d1 4B 75 d2 43 67 This function does require ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol.
CONFIDENTIAL (*2) If the number of downloaded graphics data groups is 40 or less, they are sent in a single batch, with the Identification status byte (byte 3) set to hexadecimal value 40H and decimal value 64. (*3) The data groups are arranged according to the key codes. ■ When no key codes are present, the data shown below (beginning with Header and ending with NUL) is sent.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn d1 d2 d3 [Name] Delete all NV graphics data. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 5 (pL = 5, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 65 d1 = 67 d2 = 76 d3 = 82 [Description] Deletes all downloaded graphics data that has been defined using Functions 83 and 84. • GS ( 1D 28 29 40 L 4C 76 pL 05 5 pH m 00 30 0 48 fn 51 81 d1 43 67 d2 d3 4C 52 76 82 Deleted areas are designated “Unused areas.” • All key codes are designated as undefined.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 [Name] Delete the specified download graphics data. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 m = 48 fn = 82 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126 [Description] Deletes the downloaded graphics data defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2). [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 L 4C 76 pL 04 4 pH m 00 30 0 48 fn 52 82 kc1 kc2 kc1 kc2 kc1 kc2 (pL = 4, pH = 0) • Deleted areas are designated “Unused areas.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b [Name] Define the downloaded graphics data (raster format).
CONFIDENTIAL [Description] Defines the downloaded graphics data (raster format) as a record specified by the key codes (kc1 and kc2) in the downloaded graphics area. • b specifies the number of colors for the defined data. • xL and xH specify the number of dots in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256). • yL and yH specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256). • c specifies the color of the defined data.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ This function is incompatible with macros, so make sure to avoid including it when defining macros. ■ In cases where there is insufficient capacity available for storing downloaded graphics data, this function cannot be used. Use Function 52 to confirm the available capacity in the downloaded graphics data area. ■ One option is to delete items of downloaded graphics data that were previously defined to the same key code. ■ The data for byte k of d1 ...
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 TM-J2000/J2100 This printer is equipped with a print head configured in column format, which makes it faster to define data using Function 84 (column format) than with this function. The [data value (k) + control information data value (16 bytes)] area of the NV graphics data domain is used when this function is executed. TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 This printer does not support this function.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a kc1 kc2 b xL xH yL yH [c d1...dk]1...[c d1...dk]b [Name] Define the downloaded graphics data (column format).
CONFIDENTIAL [Description] Defines the downloaded graphics data (column format) as a record specified by the key codes (kc1 and kc2) in the downloaded graphics area. • b specifies the number of colors for the defined data. • xL and xH specify the number of dots in the horizontal direction as (xL + xH × 256). • yL and yH specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256). • c specifies the color of the defined data.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ This function is incompatible with macros, so make sure to avoid including it when defining macros. ■ In cases where there is insufficient capacity available for storing download graphics data, this function cannot be used. Use Function 52 to confirm the available capacity in the download graphics data area. ■ One option is to delete items of download graphics data that were previously defined to the same key code. ■ The data for byte k of d1 ...
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 This printer is equipped with a print head configured in column format, which makes it faster to define data using this function than with Function 67 (raster format). The [data value (k) + control information data value (16 bytes)] area of the NV graphics data domain is used when this function is executed. TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 This printer does not support this function. Paper roll Bit-image commands GS ( L GS 8 L Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn kc1 kc2 x y [Name] Print the specified download graphics data. [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 6 (pL = 6, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 85 32 ≤ kc1 ≤ 126 32 ≤ kc2 ≤ 126 TM-J2000/J2100: x = 1, 2, y = 1, 2 [Description] Prints the downloaded graphics data defined by the key codes (kc1 and kc2).
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Feeds the paper the required distance when printing graphics data, regardless of line feed pitch settings entered using the Set line feed command. ■ Moves print position to the left side of the print area after printing of graphics data is completed. The printer then enters the “beginning of the line” or “no data in print buffer” state. ■ When printing downloaded graphic files, use ESC U to specify unidirectional print for vertical alignment of printed text.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1...dk GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1...dk [Name] Store the graphics data in the print buffer (raster format).
CONFIDENTIAL (by = 1): 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 1662 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 6) (by = 2): 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 831 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 3) [Japanese Model] With recommended two-color paper (by = 1): 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 738 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 2) (by = 2): 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 369 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, yH = 0, 1) With recommended monochrome paper (by = 1): 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 1476 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 5) (by = 2): 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 738 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 2) TM-T88IV: bx = 1, 2 by = 1, 2 c = 49
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60: [Description] With recommended monochrome paper (by = 1): 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 1476 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 5) (by = 2): 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 738 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 2) bx = 1, 2 by = 1, 2 c = 49 1 ≤ (xL + xH × 256) ≤ 1024 (0 ≤ xL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ xH ≤ 4) (by = 1): 1 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 1200 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 4) (by = 2): 1 ≤(yL + yH × 256) ≤ 600 (0 ≤ yL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ yH ≤ 2) Stores the graphics data (raster format) in the print buffer.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Use this function when the printer enters the “beginning of the line” or “except for graphic data, no data in print buffer” state during the standard mode. ■ This function is incompatible with macros, so make sure to avoid including it when defining macros. ■ NV graphics data that exceeds the print area for one line will not be printed. ■ The scales for width and height of graphics are specified by (x, y).
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 This printer is equipped with a print head configured in column format, which makes it faster to define data using Function 113 (column format) than with this function. The model information for this function (the dot density and maximum print area and others) is the same as for Function 69. See the model information of Function 69. TM-T90, TM-L90 For specifying paper (2-color/single-color), see Function 5 of GS ( E.
CONFIDENTIAL ❏ A graphic that exceeds the size limit of (yL + yH × 256) can be printed by the repeated use of the combination of this function and of this command. In that case, the performance may be best when the vertical size is specified as [59 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 246 (reference value)] by this function. However, the value is only a reference value. The most suitable vertical size depends on the specifications of the PC, the interface used and other factors.
CONFIDENTIAL ❏ Do not specify data again for already saved colors. Example: Specifying (Color 1 -> Color 2 -> Color 1 -> Print) causes a drop in performance. ❏ A graphic that exceeds the size limit of (yL + yH × 256) can be printed by the repeated use of the combination of this function and of this command. In that case, the performance may be best when the vertical size is specified less than half of the domain by this function.
CONFIDENTIAL ❏ Specify left margin as 0, and the horizontal position to a position that is a multiple of 8, and specify the horizontal size of the graphic to the dot which is the multiple of 8. (Example: the left margin = 0, horizontal position = 8, 16, or 24, 32, etc., (xL + xH × 256) = 64, 128, or 256 etc.) ❏ Specify the scaling to the original size (bx = 1, by = 1). ❏ Specify the size of image data not to exceed the current print area.
CONFIDENTIAL ❏ Specify the size of image data not to exceed the current print area. ❏ A graphic that exceeds the size limit of (yL + yH × 256) can be printed by the repeated use of the combination of this function and of this command. In that case, the performance may be best when the vertical size is specified as [120 ≤ (yL + yH × 256) ≤ 400 (reference value)] by this function. However, the value is only a reference value.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( L pL pH m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1...dk GS 8 L p1 p2 p3 p4 m fn a bx by c xL xH yL yH d1...dk [Name] Store the graphics data in the print buffer (column format).
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] • yL and yH specify the number of dots in the vertical direction as (yL + yH × 256). • d specifies the stored data (column format). • k indicates the number of the graphics data. k is an explanation parameter; therefore it does not need to be transmitted. ■ The functions used to store graphics data directly to the print buffer are this function and Function 112.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The relationship between graphics data (column format) and print results is shown in the table below. d1 dY+1 ... : d2 dY+2 ... dk-2 : : ... dk-1 dY dYx2 ... dk Y = (yL + yH × 256) ■ This printer is equipped with a print head configured in column format, which makes it faster to define data using this function (column format) than with Function 112 (raster format).
CONFIDENTIAL FS q EXECUTING + SETTING [Name] Define NV bit image [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 q n 71 n 113 n [xL xH yL yH d1...dk]1...[xL xH yL yH d1...dk]n [xL xH yL yH d1...dk]1...[xL xH yL yH d1...dk]n [xL xH yL yH d1...dk]1...[xL xH yL yH d1...
CONFIDENTIAL [Description] Defines the NV bit image in the NV graphics area. • • • • • n specifies the number of defined NV bit images. xL, xH specifies (xL + xH × 256) bytes in the horizontal direction for the NV bit image you defined. yL, yH specifies (yL + yH × 256) bytes in the vertical direction for the NV bit image you defined. d specifies the definition data for the NV bit image (column format). k indicates the number of the definition data.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ After processing this command, the printer executes a software reset. Therefore, processing this command enables the printer to be in the correct status when the power is turned on. ■ The limitations during processing of this command are as follows: • Even if the PAPER FEED button is pressed, the printer does not feed paper. • The real-time commands are not processed. • Even if the ASB function is effective, the ASB status cannot be transmitted. ■ The NV bit image is printed by FS p.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV See program example and print sample for FS q and FS p. TM-J2000/J2100 This printer supports the NV graphics function of GS ( L and GS 8 L. It is recommended that NV graphics function (GS (L / GS 8 L) be used. The data of this command and record data of user NV memory (GS ( C) are stored in the same definition area. The total data of NV bit image and GS ( C record can be defined up to 384 KB.
CONFIDENTIAL GS v 0 EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print raster bit image [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100: [Default] None GS v 0 1D 76 30 29 118 48 m xL xH yL yH d1...dk m xL xH yL yH d1...dk m xL xH yL yH d1...
CONFIDENTIAL • xL, xH specifies (xL + xH × 256) bytes in horizontal direction for the bit image. • yL, yH specifies (yL + yH × 256) dots in vertical direction for the bit image. • d specifies the bit image data (raster format). • k indicates the number of bit image data. k is an explanation parameter; therefore, it does not need to be transmitted. [Recommended Functions] This command is supported by only some of the printer models and will not be supported by future models.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ After printing a raster bit image, the printer processes normal data. The print position is set to the left of the print area. Printer is in the beginning of a line and data is not in the print buffer. ■ The bit image is printed in the default dot density (dot density of vertical and horizontal direction in normal mode) defined by GS L . ■ The relationship between bit image data and the print result is as follows: d1 d2 ... dX dX + 1 dX + 2 ... dX × 2 : : ... : ...
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example Program Example (continued) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"v0";CHR$(0); DATA CF,80,00,3F,E7,E0,00,30,1F,FF,F3,F0,07,E0,3F,E3 PRINT #1, CHR$(16);CHR$(0);CHR$(40);CHR$(0); DATA CF,80,00,1F,E7,E0,00,20,1F,FF,E3,F0,07,E0,1F,E3 FOR i=1 TO 16*40 DATA CF,80,00,0F,F7,E0,00,20,1F,FF,E3,F0,07,E0,0F,F3 READ a$: d=VAL("&H"+a$) DATA CF,80,00,07,F7,E0,00,60,1F,FF,83,F0,07,E0,07,F3 PRINT #1, CHR$(d); DATA CF,80,00,03,F7,E0,00,40,1F,80,03,F0,07,E0,03,F3 NEXT i DATA CF,80,00,03,F7,E0,00,C0,1
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-L90 This printer supports the graphics functions of GS ( L/GS 8 L. It is recommended to use GS ( L /GS 8 L instead of GS v 0. The model information for this function (the dot density and maximum print area and others) is for the graphic functions. See the model information of Function 69 and 112 of GS ( L/GS 8 L. Paper roll Bit-image commands GS v 0 Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ✻ SETTING COMMAND [Name] Define downloaded bit image [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 1 ≤ x ≤ 255 1 ≤ y ≤ 255 (1 ≤ x × y ≤ 3072) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k=x× y× 8 TM-T90: 1 ≤ x ≤ 255 (1 ≤ x × y ≤ 1536) 1 ≤ y ≤ 48 (1 ≤ x × y ≤ 1536) [Except for Japanese model] 1 ≤ y ≤ 46 (1 ≤ x × y ≤ 1536) [Japanese model] 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k=x× y× 8 TM-T88IV, TM-T70:1 ≤ x ≤ 255 1 ≤ y ≤ 48 (1 ≤ x × y ≤ 1536) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k=x× y× 8 TM-L90: 1 ≤ x ≤ 255 1 ≤ y ≤ 46 (1 ≤ x × y ≤ 1536) 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k=x× y× 8 [Default] None
CONFIDENTIAL • k indicates the number of the definition data. k is an explanation parameter; therefore, it does not need to be transmitted. [Recommended Functions] This command is supported only by some printer models and may not be supported by future models.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The relationship between bit image data and print result is as follows. d1 dy+1 ... : MSB LSB d2 dy+2 ... dk-2 MSB LSB : : dk-1 MSB LSB dy dyx2 ... dk MSB LSB ... See program example and print sample for GS ✻ and GS /. [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70 TM-J2000/J2100 This printer supports downloaded graphics functions of GS ( L and GS 8 L. It is recommended that the downloaded graphics function (GS ( L / GS 8 L) be used.
CONFIDENTIAL GS / EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print downloaded bit image [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ m ≤ 3, 48 ≤ m ≤ 51 [Default] None GS / 1D 2F 29 47 m m m [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Prints downloaded bit image using the process of GS ✻ and using the mode specified by m, as follows: m Mode Scaling for horizontal Scaling for vertical 0, 48 Normal × 1 × 1 1, 49 Double-width × 2 × 1 2, 50 Double-height × 1 × 2 3, 51 Quadru
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ This command is ignored if a downloaded bit image has not been defined. ■ When standard mode is selected, this command is enabled only when there is no data in the print buffer and the printer is in the beginning of the line. If data exists in the print buffer, the printer processes m as normal data. ■ When page mode is selected, this command develops the downloaded bit image data in the print buffer but the printer does not print the downloaded bit image data.
CONFIDENTIAL Program example for GS ✻ and GS / Program Example Program Example (continued) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"*";CHR$(18);CHR$(5); DATA 83,80,00,00,02,4C,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 FOR i=1 TO 18*5*8 DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4 Define downloaded bit image READ a$: d=VAL("&H"+a$) PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT i DATA 85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42 DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,05,00,02,4A,08,0A,80,04 DATA 85,00,05,00,02,4A,80,0A,80,04,85,00,05,00,02 DATA 4A,80,0A,80,04,85,00
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 This printer supports the graphics functions of GS ( L/GS 8 L. It is recommended to use GS ( L /GS 8 L instead of GS /. Values of [Dot Density] and [Maximum Print Area (dot)] are the same as in the graphics function GS ( L/GS 8 L of Function 69. TM-T90 The dot density and the maximum print area are described in the next tables (dpi: number of dots per 25.4 mm).
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 The dot density and the maximum print area are described in the next tables (dpi: number of dots per 25.4 mm). “Vertical” is in the direction of paper feeding and “horizontal” is perpendicular (at right angles) to the direction of paper feeding. The maximum print area in the vertical direction is information used when graphics are printed with the page mode selected (for the starting position specified with ESC T is “Upper right” or “Lower left”).
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV The dot density and the maximum print area are described in the next tables (dpi: number of dots per 25.4 mm). “Vertical” is in the direction of paper feeding and “horizontal” is perpendicular to the direction of paper feeding. The maximum print area in the vertical direction is information used when graphics are printed with the page mode selected (for the starting position specified with ESC T is “Upper right” or “Lower left”).
CONFIDENTIAL The maximum print area in the vertical direction is information used when graphics are printed with the page mode selected (for the starting position specified with ESC T is “Upper right” or “Lower left”). In this case, bit images rotated by 90 degrees or 270 degrees are printed.
CONFIDENTIAL GS Q 0 EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print variable vertical size bit image [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal GS Q 1D 51 29 81 0 30 48 m xL xH yL yH d1...dk m xL xH yL yH d1...dk m xL xH yL yH d1...
CONFIDENTIAL [Recommended Functions] This command is supported only by some printer models and may not be supported by future models. It is recommended to use graphics function (GS ( L GS 8 L: and ). The graphics functions are better than GS Q 0 for the following reasons: [Notes] • Selecting a color for printing is possible. • Selecting a size in dot units is possible.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Relationship between bit-image data and printing result is as follows: Y d1 dY + 1 ... : d2 dY + 2 ... dk - 2 : : ... dk - 1 dY dY × 2 ... dk MSB LSB MSB LSB MSB LSB MSB LSB = (yL + yH × 256) [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100 TM-J2000/J2100 This printer supports the graphics functions of GS ( L/GS 8 L. It is recommended to use GS ( L /GS 8 L instead of GS Q 0.
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example for GS Q 0 Program Example PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"U";CHR$(1); ←Specify Program Example (continued) unidirection DATA 83,80,00,00,02,4C,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"p";CHR$(0); DATA 40,00,00,00,04,80,00,00,00,02,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4 PRINT #1, CHR$(144);CHR$(0);CHR$(5);CHR$(0); DATA 85,55,55,55,42,4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,55,55,55,42 Definition FOR i=1 TO 144*5 DATA 4A,AA,AA,AA,A4,85,00,05,00,02,4A,08,0A,80,04 READ a$: d=VAL("&H"+a$) DATA 85,00,05,00,02,4A,80,0A
CONFIDENTIAL Status commands Status commands STATUS COMMANDS Command DLE EOT ESC u ESC v GS a GS j GS r Paper roll Status commands Name Transmit real-time status Transmit peripheral device status Transmit paper sensor status Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for ink Transmit status Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL DLE EOT EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Transmit real-time status [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal DLE EOT n 10 04 n 16 4 n [a] [a] [a] [Printers not featuring this command] None [Range] 1 ≤ n ≤ 4, n = 7 a = 1, 2 [When n= 7] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 : 1 ≤ n ≤ 4, n = 7 TM-L90: 1 ≤ n ≤ 4, n = 8, a = 3 (when n = 8) (TM-L90 with Peeler) 1 ≤ n ≤ 4 (TM-L90 without Peeler) TM-P60: 1 ≤ n ≤ 4, n = 8, a = 3 (when n = 8) (TM-P60 with Peeler) 1 ≤ n ≤ 4 (TM-P60 without Peeler) [Descri
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ This is a real-time command that the printer executes upon receiving it. Take the following into consideration: • If this command interrupts the code string of another command, this command is processed as a parameter of the other command; therefore, the print result will not be correct. • If a command such as graphics data or defined data has a code string that is the same as a code string in a parameter, the printer processes and then continues with the bit-image or other command.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Printer status (n = 1) is as follows: Bit Binary Hex Decimal Status 0 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 1 1 02 2 Not used. Fixed to On. 2 0 00 0 Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW. 1 04 4 Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH. 0 00 0 Online. 1 08 8 Offline. 4 1 10 16 Not used. Fixed to On. 5 0 00 0 Not waiting for online recovery. 1 20 32 Waiting for online recovery. 0 00 0 Paper is not being fed by the paper feed button.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Offline status A (n = 2) is as follows: Bit Binary Hex Decimal Status 0 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 1 1 02 2 Not used. Fixed to On. 2 0 00 0 Cover is closed. 1 04 4 Cover is open. 0 00 0 Paper is not being fed by the paper feed button. 1 08 8 Paper is being fed by the paper feed button. 4 1 10 16 Not used. Fixed to On. 5 0 00 0 No paper-end stop. 1 20 32 Printing stops due to a paper-end. 0 00 0 No error. 1 40 64 Error occurred.
CONFIDENTIAL • Bit Binary Hex Decimal Status 0 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 1 1 02 2 Not used. Fixed to On. 2 0 00 0 No recoverable error. 1 04 4 Recoverable error occurred. 0 00 0 No autocutter error. 1 08 8 Autocutter error occurred. 4 1 10 16 Not used. Fixed to On. 5 0 00 0 No unrecoverable error. 1 20 32 Unrecoverable error occurred. 0 00 0 No auto-recoverable error. 1 40 64 Auto-recoverable error occurred. 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off.
CONFIDENTIAL • Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Status 0 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 1 1 02 2 Not used. Fixed to On. 2, 3 00 00 0 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper adequate. 11 0C 12 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper near end. 4 1 10 16 Not used. Fixed to On. 5, 6 00 00 0 Roll paper end sensor: paper present. 11 60 96 Roll paper end sensor: paper not present. 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 7 • Paper roll Roll paper sensor status (n = 4) is as follows: ...
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Ink status A (n = 7, a = 1) is as follows: Bit Function Binary Hexadecimal Decimal 0 Fixed 0 00 0 1 Fixed 1 02 2 2 No ink near-end detected (1st color) 0 00 0 Ink near-end detected (1st color) 1 04 4 No ink end detected (1st color) 0 00 0 Ink end detected (1st color) 1 08 8 4 Fixed 1 10 16 5 Ink cartridge detected (1st color) 0 00 0 Ink cartridge not detected (1st color) 1 20 32 Cleaning is not being performed 0 00 0 Cleaning is being performe
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Ink status B (n = 7, a = 2) is as follows: Bit Function Binary Hexadecimal Decimal 0 Fixed 0 00 0 1 Fixed 1 02 2 2 No ink near-end detected (2nd color) 0 00 0 Ink near-end detected (2nd color) 1 04 4 No ink end detected (2nd color) 0 00 0 Ink end detected (2nd color) 1 08 8 4 Fixed 1 10 16 5 Ink cartridge detected (2nd color) 0 00 0 Ink cartridge not detected (2nd color) 1 20 32 6 Reserved - - - 7 Fixed 0 00 0 3 Paper roll Status comman
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Ink status B (n = 8, a = 3) is as follows: Bit Function Binary Hexadecimal Decimal 0 Fixed 0 00 0 1 Fixed 1 02 2 2 Not waiting for a label to be removed 0 00 0 Waiting for a label to be removed 1 04 4 3 Reserved - - - 4 Fixed 1 10 16 5 Paper present in label peeling detector 0 00 0 No paper present in label peeling detector 1 20 32 6 Reserved - - - 7 Fixed 0 00 0 ■ When you use this command, follow these rules.
CONFIDENTIAL transmission buffer is 99 bytes; therefore, data that exceeds 99 bytes is ignored. When using this command, the host should be changed to the Reverse Mode immediately and execute a receive processing of status. ■ Real time status can be differentiated by the information of bits 0, 1, 4, and 7 from other transmission data. If the data transmitted from the printer after outputting is “0xx1xx10”(x = 0 or 1), process the data as a real time status.
CONFIDENTIAL When an ink near-end is detected, the INK OUT light blinks. It is possible to print approximately 20,000 characters using Font B with print control mode = economy printing specified from the time an ink near-end is detected until an ink end is detected. However, the value is only a reference value, it depends on environmental factors such as printing data, and the timing of head cleaning. Therefore, replace an old ink cartridge with a new one when a ink near-end is detected.
CONFIDENTIAL Waiting for the FEED button to be pressed when removing a label (when the peeling detector cannot detect a label due to sunlight) ■ Error cause status (n = 3) If the cause of the recoverable error (bit 2) is a paper layout error, the printer can recover from the error by opening/closing the roll paper cover or by the DLE ENQ command, or pressing the paper feed button only when memory switch Msw 8-1 or Msw 8-2 is OFF. See Function 3 of GS E. Bit 3 is not supported.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. ■ Printer status (n = 1) Bits 5 and 6 of the printer status are undefined. ■ Error status (n = 3) Bit 2 of the error status is undefined. ■ Roll paper sensor status (n = 4) When the cover is open, the status of the roll paper end sensor (bit 5, 6) retain the value when the cover was closed immediately before. TM-T70 BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1.
CONFIDENTIAL Only when it is necessary to acquire plural real-time status items continuously, this command can be transmitted continuously up to 5 times. However, the next data is not transmitted until all status items are received in this case. ■ Printer status (n = 1) Bit 2 status is as follows: n: Bit Binary Hex Decimal Function 2 0 00 0 Does not go offline by low battery. 1 04 4 Offline by low battery. ... how to use this table Bit 5 of the printer status is not supported.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit 2: When the peeling issuing mode is selected, this bit is changed during paper feeding or when a label is in the peeling position. When the continuous issuing mode is selected, this bit is always 1. The peeling issuing mode/continuous issuing mode is selected with the operation shown below. Selecting the peeling issuing mode Step Operation 1 Press the cover open button, and open the peeler cover. 2 If the paper roll cover was open in Step 1, close the paper roll cover.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit 2 status is as follows: n: Bit Binary Hex Decimal Function 2 0 00 0 Does not go offline by low battery. 1 04 4 Offline by low battery. Bit 5 of the printer status is not supported. ■ Error cause status (n = 3) Bit 2 of the error cause status is not supported. ■ Roll paper sensor status (n = 4) Bits 2 and 3 of the roll paper sensor status are not supported.
CONFIDENTIAL The roll paper near-end sensor is an option. If the printer is not equipped with the paper near-end sensor, bits 2 and 3 of the third byte are always ON, “Paper adequate.” When the cover is open, the status of the roll paper end sensor (bit 5, 6) retain the value when the cover was closed immediately before. Paper roll Status commands DLE EOT Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC u EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Transmit peripheral device status [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] n = 0, 48 ESC u n 1B 75 n 27 117 n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230 [Description] Transmits the peripheral device status as 1 byte of data. [Recommended Functions] This command is supported only by some printer models but will not be supported by future models.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC v EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Transmit paper sensor status [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal ESC v 1B 76 27 118 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230 [Description] Transmits the status of paper sensor(s) as 1 byte of data. [Recommended Functions] This command is supported only by some printer models but will not be supported by future models.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV When the roll paper end sensor detects a paper-end, the printer goes offline and does not execute this command. Therefore, bits 2 and 3 of the paper sensor status do not transmit a paper-end status. TM-U220 The roll paper near-end sensor is an option. If the printer is not equipped with the paper near-end sensor, bits 0 and 1 of the third byte are always ON, “Paper adequate.” When the roll paper end sensor detects a paper-end, the printer goes offline and does not execute this command.
CONFIDENTIAL GS a EXECUTING + SETTING [Name] Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U230, TM-U220: When DIP switch or memory switch (BUSY condition) is Off: n = 0 When DIP switch or memory switch (BUSY condition) is On: n = 2 TM-P60: n = 255 GS a 1D 61 29 97 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Enables or disables basic ASB (Automatic Status Back) and speci
CONFIDENTIAL n: Bit Binary Hex Decimal Function 6 0 00 0 Panel switch status disabled. 1 40 64 Panel switch status enabled. 0 00 0 Undefined. 7 [Notes] ■ ASB is the function that transmit the status of [cover open/close], [Online/Offline] from the printer automatically. It is called [ASB function] and the status is [ASB status]. If you use ASB, application can acquire the printer change in a real-time and passively. ■ Select any status enabled (except n = 0) and basic ASB starts.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The basic ASB statuses, corresponding to each bit for n are as follows: n ASB status Bit Function Bit Status 0 Drawer kick-out connector status. Bit 2 of the first byte Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 status. 1 Online/offline status. Bit 3 of the first byte Online/ offline status. Bit 5 of the first byte Cover status. Bit 6 of the first byte Paper is being fed by paper feed button status. Bit 0 of the second byte Waiting for online recovery status. ...
CONFIDENTIAL [Note] Only if ESC 4 is selected or paper stop printing sensor is not selected. ■ Basic ASB status is 4-byte configuration [first byte - fourth byte]. ■ The status to be transmitted are as follows: ■ First byte (printer information) Bit Binary Hex Decimal Status for ASB 0 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 1 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 2 0 00 0 Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW. 1 04 4 Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH. 0 00 0 Online. 1 08 8 Offline.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Binary Hex Decimal Status for ASB 2 0 00 0 No recoverable error (except for autocutter error). 1 04 4 Recoverable error occurred (except for autocutter error). 0 00 0 No autocutter error. 1 08 8 Autocutter error occurred. 4 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 5 0 00 0 No unrecoverable error. 1 20 32 Unrecoverable error occurred. 0 00 0 No automatically recoverable error. 1 40 64 Automatically recoverable error occurred. 0 00 0 Not used.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Third byte (paper sensor information) Bit Binary Hex Decimal Status for ASB 0, 1 00 00 0 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper adequate. 11 03 3 Roll paper near-end sensor: paper near end. 00 00 0 Roll paper end sensor: paper present. 11 0C 12 Roll paper end sensor: paper not present. 4 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 5,6 — — — Undefined 7 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 2, 3 • ...
CONFIDENTIAL printer has to store ASB status changes to be transmitted, the following 2 sets (8 bytes) of ASB status are changed to special data and transmitted prior to other transmission data when the host enters Reverse Mode: • ASB-1: Status information that shows whether status changes occurred • ASB-2: The latest ASB status information If bits have a different value between (ASB-1) and (ASB-2), this means at least one change has occurred.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 The default value is set by Msw1-3. ■ Third byte (paper sensor information) • When the cover is open, the status of the roll paper end sensor (bit 2, 3) retains the value when the cover was closed immediately before. TM-T90 The default value is set by Msw 1-3. ■ Third byte (paper sensor information) • When the cover is open, the status of the roll paper end sensor (bit 2, 3) retains the value when the cover was closed immediately before.
CONFIDENTIAL • When the cover is open, the status of the roll paper end sensor (bit 2, 3) retains the value when the cover was closed immediately before.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Basic second byte (printer information) • If the cause of the recoverable error (bit 2) is the paper layout error, the printer can recover from the error by opening/closing the roll paper cover or by the DLE ENQ command or pressing the paper feed button only when memory switch Msw8-2 is OFF. See Function 3 of GS E.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 TM-P60 with Peeler The function of Bit 0 of parameter (n) is not supported. Specify 1 to bit 0 of n or bits of “Reserved.” ■ First byte (printer information) • Bit 2 status is as follows: n: Bit Binary Hex Decimal Function 2 0 00 0 Does not go to offline by low battery. 1 04 4 Offline by low battery. • Bit 5 indicates the open/closed status of the peeler cover. ■ Basic second byte (printer information) • • Bits 0 and 3 of the second byte are not supported.
CONFIDENTIAL • Bits 0 and 2 indicate the following status: Bit Binary Hex Decimal Status for ASB 0 0 00 0 Not waiting for a label to be removed 1 01 1 Waiting for a label to be removed 1 — — — Reserved 2 0 00 0 Paper present in label peeling detector 1 04 4 No paper present in label peeling detector 3 — — — Reserved 4 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 5,6 — — — Reserved 7 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. ...
CONFIDENTIAL 2 If the paper roll cover was open in Step 1, close the paper roll cover. 3 Press the peeler changeover lever. The peeler holder is raised. 4 Close the peeler cover. • Selecting the continuous issuing mode Step Operation 1 Press the cover open button, and open the peeler cover. 2 If the paper roll cover was open in Step 1, close the paper roll cover. 3 Fold up the peeler holder. 4 Close the peeler cover.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 The default value is set by DIP switch 1-8. ■ Second byte (printer information) • Bit 1 of the second byte is undefined. TM-U220 The default value is set by DIP switch 1-8. ■ Second byte (printer information) • Bit 0, and 1 of the second byte are undefined. ■ Basic third byte (paper sensor information) • The roll paper near-end sensor is an option. If the printer is not equipped with the paper near-end sensor, bits 0 and 1 of the third byte are always ON, “Paper adequate.
CONFIDENTIAL GS j EXECUTING + SETTING [Name] Enable/disable Automatic Status Back (ASB) for ink [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] When DIP switch or memory switch (BUSY condition) is Off: n = 0 When DIP switch or memory switch (BUSY condition) is On: n = 1 GS j n 1D 6A n 29 106 n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Enables or disables the ink ASB (Automatic Status Back) and specifies the status item
CONFIDENTIAL ■ This command is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. ■ All ink ASB status items represent the enabled status whenever the status changes. Therefore, the disabled status items may change, because each status transmission represents the current status.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ (*1) Status A is shown in the table below: Bit Function Binary Hexadecimal Decimal 0 Ink end not detected (1st color) 0 00 0 Ink end detected (1st color) 1 01 1 Ink end not detected (1st color) 0 00 0 Ink end detected (1st color) 1 02 2 Ink cartridge installed (1st color) 0 00 0 Ink cartridge not installed (1st color) 0 04 4 Ink cartridge installed (2nd color) 0 00 0 Ink cartridge not installed (2nd color) 1 08 8 4 Reserved - - - 5 Cleaning is not bein
CONFIDENTIAL ■ When block data [Header ~ NUL] is being transmitted, ASB status cannot be transmitted. Therefore, you cannot get the printer status change through ASB status when Block data [Header ~ NUL] is transmitted. ■ With a serial interface, the printer transmits a 4-byte ASB status message without confirming whether the host can receive data. ■ With a parallel interface, when ASB status is used, it is desirable for the host to be in a reverse idle state.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 The default is selected by memory switch 3-1. When an ink near-end is detected, the INK OUT light blinks. It is possible to print approximately 20,000 characters using Font B with print control mode set to economy printing from the time an ink near-end is detected to the time an ink end is detected. However, the value is only a reference value; it depends on such environmental factors as printing data and the timing of head cleaning.
CONFIDENTIAL GS r EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Transmit status [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100: n = 1, 2, 4, 49, 50, 52 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U230, TM-U220: n = 1, 2, 49, 50 TM-P60: n = 1, 49 GS r n 1D 72 n 29 114 n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] [Notes] Transmits the status using n as follows: n Function 1, 49 Transmits paper sensor status 2, 50 Transmits drawer kick-out connector status 4, 52 Transmits ink status ■ Each status is 1
CONFIDENTIAL • Some paper sensors are not present, depending on the printer model. The names of some paper sensors are different, depending on the printer model. ■ The status to be transmitted is as follows: • Drawer kick-out connector status (n = 2, 50) Bit Binary Hex Decimal Status 0 0 00 0 Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is LOW. 1 01 1 Drawer kick-out connector pin 3 is HIGH. 1-3 — — — Undefined. 4 0 00 0 Not used. Fixed to Off. 5, 6 — — — Undefined.
CONFIDENTIAL • After the host PC transmits the function data, the printer will send response data or status data back to the PC. Do not transmit more data from the PC until the response data or status data are received from the printer. • When operating with a serial interface, be sure to configure operation so that the host computer uses the printer only when it is READY.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-L90 ■ Paper sensor status (n = 1, 49) • When the roll paper end sensor detects a paper-end, the printer goes offline and does not execute this command. Therefore, bits 2 and 3 of the paper sensor status do not transmit a paper-end status. TM-T70 ■ Paper sensor status (n = 1, 49) • • When the roll paper end sensor detects a paper-end, the printer goes offline and does not execute this command.
CONFIDENTIAL Bar code commands Bar code commands BAR CODE COMMANDS Command GS H GS f GS h GS k GS w Paper roll Bar code commands Name Select print position of HRI characters Select font for HRI characters Set bar code height Print bar code Set bar code width Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS H SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select print position of HRI characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤n ≤3 48 ≤ n ≤ 51 [Default] n=0 GS H 1D 48 29 72 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] Selects the print position of Human Readable Interpretation (HRI) characters when printing a bar code, using n as follows: n Print position 0, 48 Not printed 1, 49 Above the bar code 2, 50 Below the bar code 3, 51 Both above and below the
CONFIDENTIAL ■ HRI character is Human Readable Interpretation character indicated with bar code. Program Example for all printers PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(80); ←Set height PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"f";CHR$(0); ←Select font Print Sample ← GS H 0 FOR n=0 to 3 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"H";CHR$(n); ←Select print position PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); ←Print bar code ← GS H 1 PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); ← GS H 2 PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); NEXT n ← GS H 3 Paper roll Bar code commands GS H Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS f SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select font for HRI characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 (Other than Japanese model) 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50 (Japanese model) TM-T88IV, TM-T70: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 TM-P60: 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50 [Default] n=0 GS f n 1D 66 n 29 102 n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] Selects a font for the Human Readable Interpretation (HRI) characters when printing a bar code
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 Program Example for all printers Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(80); ←Set height ← Font A PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"H";CHR$(2); ←Select print position PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"f";CHR$(0); ←Select font PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); ←Print bar code ← GS H 3 PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"f";CHR$(1); ←Select font PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); ←Pri
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T70 [Other than Japanese model] Character configurations: Font A: 12 × 24 Font B: 9 × 17 [Japanese model] Character configurations: Font A: 12 × 24 Font B: 8 × 16 TM-P60 Character configurations: Font A: 12 × 24 Font B: 10 × 24 Font C: 8 × 16 Paper roll Bar code commands GS f Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS h SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set bar code height [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 1 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: n = 162 GS h n 1D 68 n 29 104 n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Sets the height of a bar code to n dots. [Notes] ■ The units for n depend on the printer model. ■ This command setting is effective until performing of ESC @, reset or power-off.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90, TM-T70 A set unit is one dot. For other than Japanese model, one dot corresponds to 0.141 mm {1/180 inch}. For Japanese model, one dot corresponds to 0.125 mm {1/203 inch}. TM-L90, TM-P60 A set unit is one dot. One dot corresponds to 0.125 mm {1/203 inch}. Paper roll Bar code commands GS h Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS k EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print bar code [Format] (A) ASCII Hex Decimal (B) ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90: (A) 0 ≤ m ≤ 6 (B) 65 ≤ m ≤ 73 TM-P60: (A) 0 ≤m ≤6 (B) 65 ≤ m ≤ 78 [TM-P60 with Peeler] 65 ≤ m ≤ 73 [TM-P60 other than Peeler model] The domain of d and k of and of n and d of differs according to the bar code format. Refer to the [Function] table. GS 1D 29 GS 1D 29 k 6B 107 k 6B 107 m m m m m m d1 ...
CONFIDENTIAL Bar code data (“SP” in the table indicates space.) m Bar code system Amount of data The range of k Characters 4 CODE39 Can be changed 1 ≤ k 5 ITF Can be changed 1 ≤ k (even (Interleaved 2 of 5) number) 6 CODABAR (NW-7) Can be changed 1 ≤ k Data (d) 0~9, A~Z SP, $, %, *, +, -, ., / 48 £ d £ 57, 65 £ d £ 90, d = 32, 36, 37, 42, 43, 45, 46, 47 0~9 48 ≤ d ≤ 57 0~9, A~D, a~ d $, +, -, .
CONFIDENTIAL Bar code data (“SP” in the table indicates space.) Amount of data The range of n Characters Data (d) m Bar code system 70 ITF Can be changed 2 ≤ n ≤ 255 0~9 (Interleaved 2 of 5) (even number) (even number) 71 CODABAR (NW-7) Can be changed 1 ≤ n ≤ 255 0~9, A~D, a~d $, +, -, .
CONFIDENTIAL ■ When page mode is selected, this command develops the bar code data in the print buffer but the printer does not print the bar code data. ■ The bar code width that exceeds the print area cannot be specified. ■ This command feeds as much paper as is required to print the bar code, regardless of the line spacing specified by line space setting commands. ■ The bar code is not affected by print mode (emphasized, underline, or 90° clockwise-rotated), except for upside-down print mode.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ If the amount of data to process is 6 bytes, the number system character (NSC) 0 is added automatically. ■ If the amount of data to process is any of (7, 8, 11, 12 bytes), the first data (d1) is processed as number system character (NSC) so 0 must be specified. ■ If n is out of the specified range or if n is an odd number when ITF bar code system (m = 70) is selected, this command is canceled and the following data is processed as normal data.
CONFIDENTIAL When 1 ≤ d6 ≤ 9, be sure to specify (5 ≤ d11 ≤ 9). ■ Left guard bar/right guard bar are added automatically. [Notes for JAN13/EAN13 (m = 2, 67) process] ■ Modular check character (1 character) is processed as follows: • Automatically added when processing data is 13 byte. • The 13th byte data is processed as a modular check character when processing data is 13 byte. In this case, modular check character is not checked. ■ Left guard bar/center bar/right guard bar are added automatically.
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes for ITF (Interleaved 2 of 5) (m = 5, 70) process] ■ Start code and stop code are added automatically. ■ Check digits are not calculated and added. [Notes for CODABAR (NW-7) (m = 6, 71) process] ■ Start character and stop character are not added automatically. Transmit data including the codes. • Specify the start character (ASCII = “A“ ~ “D,” / “a“ ~ “d,”/ Hex = 41H ~ 44H, 61H ~ 64H, / Decimal = 65 ~ 68,/ 97 ~ 100) at beginning of the data (d1).
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Special character HRI is processed as follows: • The printer does not print HRI characters that correspond to the shift character or code set selection character (CODE A, CODE B, or CODE C). • HRI characters of the function characters (FNC1, FNC2, FNC3, or FNC4) and control characters (in Hexadecimal: 00H to 1FH, 7FH / in Decimal 0 to 31, 127) are printed as spaces. ■ The range of data (d) that can be processed in each code set (CODE A, CODE B, CODE C) is shown in the table below.
CONFIDENTIAL [Description: Applied to UCC/EAN128 (m = 74)] ■ UCC/EAN128 processes the following structures. (a) Basic structure Start character FNC 1 Automatically added AI Data part (d1...dn) Check digit Check digit Stop A B character Automatically added (b) Concatenated code structure Start character FNC 1 Automatically added AI Data part Check digit FNC A 1 (d1...
CONFIDENTIAL ( 28 40 "(" is inserted for the HRI character. It can be used when you want the HRI characters that indicate AI to look nice when used with the pair of ")." ")." does not constitute encoded data. ) 29 41 After d1, the first ")" is processed as AI and the data part delimiter, and ")" is inserted for the HRI characters. ")" are inserted for the HRI characters for subsequent ")" . In any case, SP does not constitute encoded data.
CONFIDENTIAL • The HRI characters of the function characters (FNC1, FNC3) and the control characters (Hexadecimal = 00H - 1FH, 7FH / Decimal = 0 - 31, 127) are printed as spaces. • The HRI characters of special characters (SP, "(," ")") are printed as the respective characters (SP, "(," ")"). • The HRI character of special character ("*") prints a check digit.
CONFIDENTIAL [Description: Applied to RSS-14 (m = 75)] ■ Transmit the 13-digit product identification number, excluding the application identifier (AI) and check digit, from the host. ■ Adds the application identifier (AI) automatically. The AI is "01". ■ Adds the check digit (1 character) automatically. ■ Adds the guard pattern and finder pattern automatically. ■ Prints the 18 characters of ["(01)", (d1...d13), check digit] as HRI characters when HRI characters are designated to be added.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ When the bar code height set with GS h is smaller than [13 times the module width], a bar code with a height (excluding the HRI characters) of [module width x 13] is printed, without reference to the GS h setting. [Description: Applied to RSS Limited (m = 77)] ■ Transmit the 13-digit product identification number, excluding the application identifier (AI) and check digit, from the host. ■ Adds the application identifier (AI) automatically. The AI is "01".
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The special characters ("(“,”)”) are processed as shown in the table below. Special characters Character Hex Decimal Processing ( 28 40 "(" is inserted for the HRI character. It can be used when you want the HRI characters that indicate AI to look nice when used with the pair of ")." . ) 29 41 After d1, the first ")" is processed as AI and the data part delimiter, and ")" is inserted for the HRI characters. ")" are inserted for the HRI characters for subsequent ")" .
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 With UPC-E (m = 1, 66), 11 or 12 bytes can be used for the amount of data to process. Only capital letters (ASCII = A ~ D/Hexadecimal = 41H ~ 44H/Decimal = 65 ~ 68) can be used for the start/stop character with CODABAR (m = 6, 71). TM-T90, TM-L90 With UPC-E (m = 1, 66), 11 or 12 bytes can be used for the amount of data to process. Only capital letters (ASCII = A ~ D/Hexadecimal = 41H ~ 44H/Decimal = 65 ~ 68) can be used for the start/stop character with CODABAR (m = 6, 71).
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 With UPC-E (m = 1, 66), 6, 7, 8, 11 or 12 bytes can be used for the amount of data to process. Only capital letters (ASCII = A ~ D/Hexadecimal = 41H ~ 44H/Decimal = 65 ~ 68) and small letters (ASCII = a ~ d/Hexadecimal = 61H ~ 64H/Decimal = 97 ~ 100 ) can be used for the start/stop character with CODABAR (m = 6, 71).
CONFIDENTIAL GS w SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set bar code width [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100: 2 ≤ n ≤ 6, 68 ≤ n ≤ 76 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: 2 ≤ n ≤ 6 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: n = 3 GS w n 1D 77 n 29 119 n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Sets the horizontal size of a bar code. • [Notes] n specifies the bar code module width. ■ The units for n depend on the printer model.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-T88IV, TM-L90, TM-P60 Program Example for all printers Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"h";CHR$(80); ←Set height PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"w";CHR$(3); ←Set width size to 3 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); ←Print bar code ← Width size 3 PRINT #1, "496595707379";CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"w";CHR$(4); ←Set width size to 4 ← Width size 4 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"k";CHR$(2); ←Print bar code PRINT #1, "496595
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90, TM-T70 The module width differs, depending on the specification. (Unit: mm) Binary level bar code n Module width (mm) for multilevel bar code Thin element width (mm) Thick element width (mm) 2 0.282 {0.011 inch} 0.282 {0.011 inch} 0.706 {0.028 inch} 3 0.423 {0.017 inch} 0.423 {0.017 inch} 1.129 {0.044 inch} 4 0.564 {0.022 inch} 0.564 {0.022 inch} 1.411 {0.056 inch} 5 0.706 {0.028 inch} 0.706 {0.028 inch} 1.834 {0.072 inch} 6 0.847 {0.033 inch} 0.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV The module width differs, depending on the specification. (Unit: mm): Binary level bar code n Module width (mm) for multilevel bar code Thin element width (mm) Thick element width (mm) 2 0.282 {0.011 inch} 0.282 {0.011 inch} 0.706 {0.028 inch} 3 0.423 {0.017 inch} 0.423 {0.017 inch} 1.129 {0.044 inch} 4 0.564 {0.022 inch} 0.564 {0.022 inch} 1.411 {0.056 inch} 5 0.706 {0.028 inch} 0.706 {0.028 inch} 1.834 {0.072 inch} 6 0.847 {0.033 inch} 0.847 {0.033 inch} 2.258 {0.
CONFIDENTIAL Macro function commands Macro Function commands MACRO FUNCTION COMMANDS Command GS : GS ^ Paper roll Name Start/end macro definition Execute macro Macro Function commands Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS : SETTING COMMAND [Name] Start/end macro definition [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None GS : 1D 3A 29 58 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Starts or ends macro definition. [Notes] ■ Macro definition starts when this command is processed during normal operation and ends when it is processed during macro definition. ■ While the macro is defined, the printing is also executed.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-L90 The maximum number of data to be defined is 2048 bytes. Paper roll Macro function commands GS : Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ^ EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Execute macro [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 1 ≤ r ≤ 255 0 ≤ t ≤ 255 m = 0, 1 [Default] None GS ^ 1D 5E 29 94 r r r t t t m m m [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] Executes a macro r times while waiting t × 100 msec for each macro execution, using the mode specified by m as follows: • When m = 0, the macro executes r times continuously at the interval specified by t.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The macro is defined by GS :. ■ Macro function is useful to print the same data repeatedly. To define a macro definition, send GS : just before and after the data desired to be repeated. And then execute macro by using GS ^ to print the same data repeatedly. Macro function eliminates the need for sending all the print data every time.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-L90 When m = 1, the PAPER OUT LED indicator blinks during a macro waiting state. When m = 1, the FEED can be Paper feed button. Paper roll Macro function commands GS ^ Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Mechanism control commands Mechanism control commands MECHANISM CONTROL COMMANDS Command ESC < ESC U ESC i ESC m GS V Paper roll Name Return home Turn unidirectional print mode on/off Partial cut (one point left uncut) Partial cut (three points left uncut) Select cut mode and cut paper Mechanism control commands Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC < EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Return home [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None ESC < 1B 3C 27 60 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 [Description] Moves the print head to the standby position. [Notes] ■ The standby position is different, depending on the printer model. ■ The command rechecks the standby position; therefore, the print position might be shifted before and after checking the standby position.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC U SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn unidirectional print mode on/off [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 ESC U 1B 55 27 85 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 [Description] [Notes] Turns unidirectional print mode on or off. • When the LSB of n is 0, unidirectional print mode is turned off. • When the LSB of n is 1, unidirectional print mode is turned on.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC i EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Partial cut (one point left uncut) [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None ESC i 1B 69 27 105 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230 [Description] Executes a partial cut of the roll paper. [Recommended Functions] This command is supported by some printer models but will not be supported by future printer models. GS V is recommended for cutting paper.
CONFIDENTIAL Since the TM-U220D is not equipped with an autocutter, this command is ignored by TM-U220D. The setting is partial cut (one point is left) when the printer is shipped. The distance from print head to autocutter is about 27 mm {1.06 inches} in the TM-U220A and TM-U220B. Paper roll Mechanism control commands ESC i Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC m EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Partial cut (three points left uncut) [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None ESC m 1B 6D 27 109 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230 [Description] Executes a partial cut of the roll paper. [Recommended Functions] This command is supported by some printer models but will not be supported by future printer models. GS V is recommended for cutting paper.
CONFIDENTIAL Program example for ESC i and ESC m Program Example PRINT #1," Print Sample AAAAA"; AAAAA PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(5); ESC m leaves paper joined in three places. PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"m"; ←Cut paper PRINT #1," BBBBB"; PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"d";CHR$(5); PRINT #1,CHR$(&H1B);"m"; ←Cut paper BBBBB ESC i leaves paper joined in one place. TM-T88IV The distance from print head to autocutter is about 15 mm {0.59 inch}.
CONFIDENTIAL GS V EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Select cut mode and cut paper [Format] Function A Function B Function C Function D ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal GS 1D 29 GS 1D 29 GS 1D 29 GS 1D 29 V 56 86 V 56 86 V 56 86 V 56 86 m m m m m m m m m m m m n n n n n n n n n [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-U220: Function Am = 0, 1, 48, 49 Function Bm = 65, 66; 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 TM-L90: With Peeler: Does not support this command.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230: [Default] Function Am = 1, 49 Function Bm = 66; 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 Function Cm = 66; 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 None [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Executes paper cutting specified by m, as follows: m Function 0, 48 Executes a full cut (cuts the paper completely). 1, 49 Executes a partial cut (one point left uncut). 65 Feeds paper to (cutting position + n × vertical motion unit) and executes a full cut (cuts the paper completely).
CONFIDENTIAL ■ When using these commands, there is a gap between the cutting position and the print position. [Note for ] ■ If an autocutter is provided, this command can be used. [Notes for ] ■ When n = 0, the printer feeds the paper to the cutting position and cuts it. ■ If an autocutter is not provided, the printer only feeds the paper for specified amount. ■ Vertical motion unit is used for calculating a paper feed amount.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 Program Example for all printers Print Sample AAAAA PRINT #1, " AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); Paper fed to the cutting position and partial cut (one point left uncut) performed PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"V";CHR$(66);CHR$(0); ←Feed paper and cut TM-J2000/J2100 The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 models without Peeler: The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. The cutting shapes of (m = 0,48) and (m = 1,49) are the same as the cutting shape of (m = 65) (m = 66), (m = 103) and (m = 104). The setting is full cut when the printer is shipped. It can be changed to partial cut (one point is left) setting by dealer’s option. Don’t use Function after changing the setting to partial cut.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. The distance from print head to autocutter is about 15 mm {0.59 inch}. After executing a paper cut, a paper feed for 1 mm {14/360 inches} before starting the next printing can provide the best printing result without uneven paper feeding. TM-T70 The vertical motion unit is specified by GS P. The distance from print head to autocutter is about 13 mm {0.51 inch}.
CONFIDENTIAL Miscellaneous commands Miscellaneous commands MISCELLANEOUS COMMANDS Command DLE ENQ DLE DC4 (fn = 1) DLE DC4 (fn = 2) DLE DC4 (fn = 7) DLE DC4 (fn = 8) ESC ( A ESC = ESC @ ESC L ESC S ESC p GS ( A GS ( D GS ( H GS ( K GS ( P GS ( Q Paper roll Name Send real-time request to printer Generate pulse in real-time Execute power-off sequence Transmit specified status in real time Clear buffer (s) Control beeper tones Beep integrated beeper in TM-U230 models Set integrated beeper when offline f
CONFIDENTIAL GS I GS P GS g 0 GS g 2 GS z 0 GS z 0 (TM-L90 with Peeler) Paper roll Transmit printer ID Set horizontal and vertical motion units Initialize maintenance counter Transmit maintenance counter Set online recovery wait time Set online recovery wait time Miscellaneous commands Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL DLE ENQ EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Send real-time request to printer [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90: 0 ≤ n ≤ 2 TM-T88IV: n = 1, 2 TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U220: n = 2 TM-U230: n = 0, 2 [Default] None DLE ENQ n 10 05 n 16 5 n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] [Notes] Responds to a request in real time from the host computer, using n as follows: n Request 0 Recovers to online status when following online recovery waiting status.
CONFIDENTIAL • Online recovery for the TM-L90 with Peeler (See GS z 0 (Peeler).) • Status waiting for the button to be pressed, while GS ^ is executed. ■ (n = 1) or (n = 2) is enabled when a recoverable error occurs with the exception of an automatically recoverable error, and is ignored in other cases. Errors recoverable by (n = 1) or (n = 2) depend on the printer model. ■ Even if the printer is disabled by ESC =, this command can be used.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U230, TM-U220. Program Example for all printers PRINT #1, CHR$(&H10);CHR$(&H5);CHR$(2); TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90 BUSY condition is selected by memory switch [Msw1-3]. TM-T88IV, TM-T70 BUSY condition for a parallel interface is selected by DIP switch 2-1. TM-L90 TM-L90 with Peeler: BUSY condition is selected by memory switch [Msw1-3]. Paper roll Miscellaneous commands DLE ENQ Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL The settings of [Msw8-1] and [Msw8-2] affect the recovery operation from the paper layout error. See Function 3 of GS ( E. [Msw8-1][Msw8-2] Recovery operation from error OFF When the printer recovers from the error, paper layout is measured automatically and paper is fed to the label print starting position and the paper layout stored in the nonvolatile memory is rewritten. Afterwards, the printer operates following the paper layout automatically measured.
CONFIDENTIAL The setting of [Msw8-2] affects the recovery operation from the paper layout error. See Function 3 of GS ( E. [Msw8-2] OFF Recovery operation from error When the printer recovers from the error, paper layout is measured automatically and paper is fed to the label print starting position and the paper layout stored in the nonvolatile memory is rewritten. Afterwards, the printer operates following the paper layout automatically measured.
CONFIDENTIAL DLE DC4 (fn = 1) EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Generate pulse in real-time [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal DLE DC4 n 10 14 n 16 20 n m m m t t t [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60, TM-U230 [Range] n=1 m = 0, 1 1 ≤t ≤8 [Description] Outputs the pulse specified by t to connector pin m as follows in real time: m Connector pin 0 Drawer kick-out connector pin 2 1 Drawer kick-out connector pin 5 The pulse ON time is [t × 100 ms] and the OFF time is [t × 100 ms] [Notes] ■ This is a re
CONFIDENTIAL • When this command is disabled by GS (D ■ This command can be used even if the printer is disabled by ESC =. ■ With a serial interface, the printer executes this command even when it is in offline, receive buffer full. ■ With a parallel interface, if the printer is in BUSY condition, this command cannot be used in the following states.
CONFIDENTIAL When used together with the UB series with the buzzer function, the buzzer function of the UB series does not operate. Switch number Setting Function 1 2 OFF Not use drawer kick connector pin no. 2 for sounding the buzzer ON Use drawer kick connector pin no. 2 for sounding the buzzer OFF Not use drawer kick connector pin no. 5 for sounding the buzzer ON Use drawer kick connector pin no. 5 for sounding the buzzer TM-U220 The BUSY condition is selected by memory switch 1-8.
CONFIDENTIAL DLE DC4 (fn = 2) EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Execute power-off sequence [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal DLE DC4 fn a 10 14 02 a 16 20 2 a b b b [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Range] fn = 2 a=1 b=8 [Description] Executes the printer power-off sequence and transmits the power-off notice.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ With a parallel interface, if the printer is BUSY, this command cannot be used in the following states. • When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is on: receive buffer full • When DIP switch (BUSY condition) is off: offline, receive buffer full, or error status ■ This command is effective when the printer is disabled by ESC = (select peripheral device). ■ All information and data stored in RAM will be deleted by processing this command.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The power-off notice can be differentiated from other transmission data according to specific data of the transmission data block. When the header transmitted from the printer is [Hex=3BH/Decimal=59], treat NUL [hex = 00H/decimal =0] as a data group and identify it according to the combination of the header and the identifier.
CONFIDENTIAL DLE DC4 (fn = 7) [Name] EXECUTING + SETTING Transmit specified status in real time ASCIIDLE Hex Decimal [Range] DC4 10 16 fn 14 20 m fn fn m m fn = 7 TM-P60: m = 1, 5 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] Transmits specified status in real-time as follows. m Function Related command 1 Transmits basic ASB status. GS a 5 Transmits battery status.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The construction of battery status depends on printer model. ■ This command is effective when the printer is disabled by ESC = (select peripheral device). ■ With a serial interface, the printer executes this command when it is in offline, or in receive buffer-full status. ■ When you use this command, obey the following rules. • After the host PC transmits the function data, the printer will send response data or status data back to the PC.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 The setting of Memory switch [Msw8-1] doesn’t affect the result of this command. The battery status is a status that is automatically transmitted. The status is transmitted in the following cases. ■ The printer is booted by turning the power on, or resetting printer. (When Memory switch [Msw8-1] is ON) ■ The “Power source” in the status is changed. ■ The “Battery remaining amount“ in the status is changed. ■ The printer processes this command.
CONFIDENTIAL (*2) “Battery remaining amount“ is as indicated in the following table. Battery remaining amount Information Hex Decimal 30H 48 Battery remaining amount: H level 31H 49 Battery remaining amount: M level 32H 50 Battery remaining amount: L level 33H 51 Battery remaining amount: S level 34H 52 Battery isn’t installed • When the battery remaining amount is “L level,“ we recommend replacing or charging the battery.
CONFIDENTIAL When the printer power is off: Battery Installed AC adapter Battery LED (BAT.) status Not installed Always off Installed Off: Battery is fully charged Blinking: Battery is being charged Not installed Paper roll Installed Miscellaneous commands Always Off DLE DC4 (fn = 7 ) Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL DLE DC4 (fn = 8) EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Clear buffer (s) [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal DLE DC4 fn d1...d7 10 14 08 d1...d7 16 20 8 d1...d7 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Range] fn = 8 d1 = 1, d2 = 3, d3 = 20, d4 = 1, d5 = 6, d6 = 2, d7 = 8 [Description] Clears all data stored in the receive buffer and the print buffer and transmits Clear response.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ With a serial interface, the printer executes this command even when it is in offline, receive buffer full, or error status. ■ With a parallel interface, if the printer is BUSY, this command cannot be used in the following states.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The clear response can be differentiated from other transmission data according to specific data of the transmission data block. When the header transmitted from the printer is [Hex=37H/Decimal=55], treat NUL [hex = 00H/decimal =0] as a data group and identify it according to the combination of the header and the identifier.
CONFIDENTIAL Graphics: GS ( L Bit image: ESC *, FS q, GS *, GS v 0 Character pattern: ESC &, FS 2 TM-T70 The BUSY condition is selected by memory switch 2-1. When using the following commands, be sure there is no sequence that corresponds to the sequence of this command in the data line. Graphics: GS ( L Bit image: ESC *, GS * Character pattern: ESC &, FS 2 TM-P60 When using the graphic command GS ( L, be sure there is no sequence that corresponds to the sequence of this command in the data line.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC ( A [Name] EXECUTING + SETTING Control beeper tones [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U220 [Description] Performs the various tasks related to the control of the beeper (listed in the table below). • fn Function No. Function name 48 Function 48 Beeps integrated beeper 97 Function 97 Beep integrated beeper in TM-U230 models. 98 Function 98 Set integrated beeper when offline factors occur in TM-U230 models.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 The printer supports functions 97 to 99. When controlling the integrated beeper with this command, set DIP switch [SW2-8] off. Turn off the printer before changing DIP switch settings. The integrated beeper corresponds to the PAPER OUT LED in hardware configuration. Therefore when integrated beeper sounds, the PAPER OUT LED blinks. When integrated beeper stops beeping, PAPER OUT LED goes off. When there is no paper and this command is executed to stop beeping, the PAPER OUT LED is off.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC ( A pL pH fn n c t [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0) fn = 48 TM-P60: 48 ≤ n ≤ 58 1 ≤ c ≤ 63 10 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Description] Beeps the integrated beeper. [Notes] ESC ( 1B 28 27 40 A 41 65 pL pH fn n 04 00 30 n 4 0 48 n c c c t t t • n specifies the tone that is beeped. The tones depend on the printer model. When n specifies “doesn’t beep,“ the parameters c and t are still required for this function.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ If this command is newly processed during beeping of the buzzer, the current process for beeping the buzzer is stopped and the new process for beeping the buzzer is started. ■ Integrated beeper beeping by this function stops due to any of the following factors. • Finish specification of (c). • The parameter n specifies “doesn’t beep“ by this function. • Printer processes DLE DC4 (fn = 2) command. • Reset or power off.
CONFIDENTIAL n Tone 56 4100Hz: 500ms beeping 57 1280Hz: 200ms beeping -> 200ms off -> 200ms beeping -> 200ms off -> 200ms beeping 58 4100Hz: 200ms beeping -> 200ms off -> 200ms beeping -> 200ms off -> 200ms beeping TM-U230 The printer does not support this function. Paper roll Miscellaneous commands ESC ( A Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC ( A pL pH fn n c t1 t2 (TM-U230) [Name] Beep integrated beeper in TM-U230 models [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 5 (pL = 5, pH = 0) fn = 97 n = 100 0 ≤ c ≤ 63 0 ≤ t1 ≤ 255 0 ≤ t2 ≤ 255 [Description] Beeps the integrated beeper. [Notes] ESC ( 1B 28 27 40 A 41 65 pL pH fn n 05 00 61 n 5 0 97 n c c c t1 t1 t1 t2 t2 t2 • c specifies times of beeping. • t1 specifies beeping time (t1 × 100 ms).
CONFIDENTIAL ESC ( A pL pH fn a b n c t1 t2 (TM-U230) [Name] Set integrated beeper when offline factors occur in TM-U230 models [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 7 (pL = 7, pH = 0) fn = 98 48 ≤ a ≤ 51 b=1 n = 100 c = 0, 255 1 ≤ t1 ≤ 50, t1 = 255 1 ≤ t2 ≤ 50 [Default] No paper printing stops (a = 49): Beeps the integrated beeper (select sound variation by DIP switch [SW2-5]). Except above (a = 48, 50, 51): Does not beep the integrated beeper.
CONFIDENTIAL • c specifies the beeps integrated beeper/ not beeps integrated beeper when specified offline is occurred. c 0 255 [Notes] Beeping method Beeps integrated beeper Does not beep the integrated beeper • 1 ≤ t1 ≤ 50 specify beeping time (t1 × 100 ms). t1 = 255 specify beeping time (infinity). • t2 specify time for stop beeping (t2 × 100 ms). ■ This function repeats integrated beeper control of [(t1 × 100 ms) beep/ (t2 ✕ 100 ms) stop] when offline factors have occurred.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC ( A pL pH fn a b n c t1 t2 (TM-U230) [Name] Set integrated beeper except when offline factors occur in TM-U230 models [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 7 (pL = 7, pH = 0) fn = 99 a = 48 b=1 n = 100 c = 0, 255 1 ≤ t1 ≤ 50, t1 = 255 1 ≤ t2 ≤ 50 [Default] Beeps the integrated beeper (select sound variation by DIP switch [SW2-5]). [Description] Sets the integrated beeper control when roll paper near end detector detects [No roll paper].
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ This function repeats integrated beeper control of [(t1 × 100 ms) beep/ (t2 × 100 ms) stop] when the roll paper near end detector detects a paper-end. However, when (t1 = 255) continuous beeping occurs. ■ If roll paper detector is selected to stop printing when there is no paper, when the detector detects no roll paper and goes offline, the setting of this function is disabled.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC = SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select peripheral device [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 1 ≤n ≤3 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100: ESC = n 1B 3D n 27 61 n Serial interface model: n = 1 When [memory switch [DM-D (customer display) connection] is OFF. n = 2 When [memory switch [DM-D (customer display) connection] is ON.
CONFIDENTIAL • The selection of peripherals after ESC @ is executed is shown in the next table.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC @ EXECUTING + SETTING [Name] Initialize printer [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None ESC @ 1B 40 27 64 [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] [Notes] Clears the data in the print buffer and resets the printer modes to the modes that were in effect when the power was turned on. • Any macro definitions are not cleared. • Offline response selection is not cleared. • Contents of user NV memory are not cleared.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ A set value of ESC = after this command is executed is shown in the following table. Setting of ESC = immediately before execution of ESC @ 1 Setting after When the switch of the DM-D (customer display) connection is OFF. ESC @ is executed When the switch of the DM-D (customer display) connection is ON. 2 3 1 - 1 1 - 2 • When the setting of ESC = is (n = 2), n is not changed because ESC @ is not executed.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC L EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Select page mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None ESC L 1B 4C 27 76 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Switches from standard mode to page mode. [Notes] ■ This command is enabled only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode. In other cases, this command is ignored. ■ The print position is the starting position specified by ESC T within the print area defined by ESC W.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100 See program example and print sample for ESC L, FS L, and ESC S. TM-J2000/J2100 ESC r is disabled in page mode with this printer. This is an addition to the standard specification. Paper roll Miscellaneous commands ESC L Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC S EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Select standard mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None ESC S 1B 53 27 83 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Switches from page mode to standard mode. [Notes] ■ This command is enabled only in page mode. Page mode can be selected by ESC L.
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example for ESC L and ESC S Program Example for all printers Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"L"; ←Select page mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"P";CHR$(180);CHR$(180); AAAAA PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"W";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);CHR$(0); CHR$(0);CHR$(240);CHR$(0);CHR$(200);CHR$(0); BBBBB CCCCC PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"T";CHR$(0); ←Select print direction PRINT #1, "AAAAA"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "BBBBB"; CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, "CCCCC"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);CHR$(&HC); ←Batch print PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1B);"S";
CONFIDENTIAL ESC p EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Generate pulse [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] m = 0, 1, 48, 49 0 ≤ t1 ≤ 255 0 ≤ t2 ≤ 255 [Default] None ESC p m 1B 70 m 27 112 m t1 t1 t1 t2 t2 t2 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Description] Outputs the pulse specified by t1 and t2 to the specified connector pin m as follows: m Connector pin 0, 48 Drawer kick-out connector pin 2 1, 49 Drawer kick-out connector pin 5 • [Notes] The pulse for ON time is (t1 × 2 msec) and for OF
CONFIDENTIAL When used together with the UB series with the buzzer function, the buzzer function of the UB series does not operate. Switch number Setting Function 1 2 OFF Not use drawer kick connector pin no. 2 for sounding the buzzer ON Use drawer kick connector pin no. 2 for sounding the buzzer OFF Not use drawer kick connector pin no. 5 for sounding the buzzer ON Use drawer kick connector pin no. 5 for sounding the buzzer TM-U230 If t1 < 50, t1 is supposed to be 50.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( A EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Execute test print [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal GS ( 1D 28 29 40 A 41 65 pL pH n 02 00 n 2 0 n m m m [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60 [Range] (pL + (pH × 256)) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50, 1 ≤ m ≤ 3, 49 ≤ m ≤ 51 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-U230,TM-U220: 1 ≤ m ≤ 3, 49 ≤ m ≤ 51 TM-L90: 0 ≤ m ≤ 3, 49 ≤ m ≤ 50, m = 64 [Description] Executes a specified test print.
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ This command is effective only when processed at the beginning of the line in standard mode. ■ If this command is processed while a macro is being defined, the printer cancels macro definition and starts processing this command. At that time, the macro becomes undefined. ■ After processing this command, the printer performs a software reset. Executing this command puts the printer in the same status as when the power is turned on.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ For the label paper or black paper control, it calculates the effect value used for the actual print operation based on the paper layout set value, the paper width set value, or the limitation value of the mechanical structure (mechanical pitch or position of the print head, and so on). The set value and effect value can be acquired by Function 50 of GS ( E.
CONFIDENTIAL When origin of layout (sa) is “Bottom of a label”: Parameter of Paper layout Setting value Bottom of a label ~ bottom of the next label (sb) Measured value Bottom of a label ~ top of the next label (sc) Measured value Layout in the vertical direction (sd) ~ (sf) Fixed value The layout in the horizontal direction (sg), (sh) Fixed value If the installed paper is label paper with black mark in procedure 5, the printer may not recognize it correctly.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( D SETTING COMMAND [Name] Enable/disable real-time command [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal GS ( 1D 28 29 40 D 44 68 pL pH m [a1 b1]...[ak bk] pL pH 14 [a1 b1]...[ak bk] pL pH 20 [a1 b1]...
CONFIDENTIAL a b Function 1 0, 48 Disable DLE DC4 fn m t (fn = 1) (does not execute the process) 1, 49 Enable DLE DC4 fn m t (fn = 1) (executes the process) 0, 48 Disable DLE DC4 fn m t (fn = 2) (does not execute the process) 1, 49 Enable DLE DC4 fn m t (fn = 2) (executes the process) 2 • a specifies the type of real-time command. • b specifies enable/disable of real-time command processing.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ If you transmit a command for graphics data or defined data that contains the sequence DLE DC4, be sure to disable real-time command (b=0, 48) processing before transmitting the graphics data or defined data command. Then the printer will process the sequence DLE DC4 as image data.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( H [Name] EXECUTING COMMAND Request transmission of response or status [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Various process are performed as the response. • pL, pH specifies (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and m). • Function code fn specifies the type of response control. fn Function [Notes] 48 Function 48 Specifies the process ID response. 49 Function 49 Specifies the offline response.
CONFIDENTIAL Notes for response transmission process ■ When the host PC isn’t able to receive when the response is transmitted, the response is reserved and the printer starts processing the next data. The reserved response is processed again at the next time for transmitting responses. • When specifying any response with a serial interface, make sure that the host PC is able to receive data. When host is unable to receive data, responses cannot be received correctly.
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);”(G”;CHR$(3);CHR$(0);CHR$(49);CHR$(48); CHR$(1); PRINT #1, ”AAAAA”;CHR$(&HA); ← ← Pre-process for cut sheet insertion ends [function 82] PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);”(H”;CHR$(6);CHR$(0);CHR$(48);CHR$(48);”0001” ← specifies the offline response [function 48] Print data on paper PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);”(G”;CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(82);CHR$(48); PRINT #1, ”BBBBB”;CHR$(&HA); ← ← Specifies process ID [function 48] ← Specifies process ID [function 48] Print dat
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( H pL pH fn m d1 d2 d3 d4 [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 6(pL = 6, pH = 0) fn = 48 m = 48 32 ≤ d1 ≤ 126 32 ≤ d2 ≤ 126 32 ≤ d3 ≤ 126 32 ≤ d4 ≤ 126 [Description] Saves the specified process ID related to the processed data just before this function. [Notes] Paper roll GS ( 1D 28 29 40 H 48 72 pL 06 6 pH fn 00 30 0 48 m 30 48 d1 d1 d1 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 d2 d3 d4 • (d1, d2, d3, d4) specifies the process ID.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Process ID response is the “header to NUL” data shown below: Send data Hex Decimal Data quantity Header 37H 55 1 byte Identifier 22H 34 1 byte Process ID(*1) 20H ~ 7EH 32 ~ 126 4 byte NUL 00H 0 1 byte (*1) [Process ID] is same data as the parameters of this function (d1, d2, d3, d4). ■ Process ID (d1, d2, d3, d4) is specified by a character string data format.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ See program example and print sample for ESC i and ESC m for description of the response transmission process. Paper roll Miscellaneous commands GS ( H Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( H pL pH fn m d [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal GS ( 1D 28 29 40 H 48 72 pL 03 3 pH fn 00 31 0 49 m 30 48 d d d [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3(pL = 3, pH = 0) fn = 49 m = 48 0 ≤ d ≤2, 48 ≤ d ≤ 50 [Default] d=0 [Description] Specifies or turns off the offline response transmission. d Function 0, 48 Turns off the offline response transmission. 1, 49 Specifies the offline response transmission (not including the offline cause).
CONFIDENTIAL • When operating with a serial interface, make sure that the host PC is able to receive data before executing this function. • When operating with a parallel interface, change the host PC to the reverse mode for confirming any responses.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90 The offline cause of this printer is constructed of 5 bytes as shown in the following tables. Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Information 0 Off 00 0 CPU execution error hasn’t occurred. On 01 1 CPU execution error has occurred. Off 00 0 ROM error hasn’t occurred in the memory. On 02 2 ROM error has occurred in the memory. Off 00 0 G/A error hasn’t occurred in the gate array.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Information 3~5 - - - Reserved. 6 On 40 64 Fixed. 7 0 00 0 Fixed. When one of above errors occurs, turn off the printer immediately. Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Information 0 Off 00 0 Thermostat error hasn’t occurred. On 01 1 Thermostat error has occurred. 1~ 5 - - Reserved. 6 On 40 64 Fixed. 7 Off 00 0 Fixed.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Information 0 Off 00 0 Autocutter error hasn’t occurred. On 01 1 Autocutter error has occurred. Off 00 0 Roll paper cover open error hasn’t occurred. (When Msw [8-8] is ON) On 02 2 Roll paper cover open error hasn’t occurred. (When Msw [8-8] is ON) 2~ 5 - - Reserved. 6 On 40 64 Fixed. 7 0 00 0 Fixed.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00 0 Roll paper cover open error hasn’t occurred. (When Msw [8-8] is OFF) On 01 1 Roll paper cover open error has occurred. (When Msw [8-8] is OFF) 2~5 - - - Reserved. 6 On 40 64 Fixed. 7 0 00 0 Fixed. When the error of bit 0 occurs, the error can be canceled by closing the roll paper cover.
CONFIDENTIAL The offline cause of this printer is constructed of 5 bytes as shown in the following tables. Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Information 0 Off 00 0 CPU execution error hasn’t occurred. On 01 1 CPU execution error has occurred. Off 00 0 ROM error hasn’t occurred in the memory. On 02 2 ROM error has occurred in the memory. Off 00 0 G/A error hasn’t occurred in the gate array. On 04 4 G/A error has occurred in the gate array.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Information 3~5 - - - Reserved. 6 On 40 64 Fixed. 7 0 00 0 Fixed. When one of above errors occurs, turn off the printer immediately. Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Information 0 Off 00 0 Thermostat error hasn’t occurred. On 01 1 Thermostat error has occurred. 1~ 5 - - Reserved. 6 On 40 64 Fixed. 7 Off 00 0 Fixed.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Information 0 Off 00 0 Autocutter error hasn’t occurred. On 01 1 Autocutter error has occurred. Off 00 0 Roll paper cover open error hasn’t occurred. (When Msw [8-8] is ON) On 02 2 Roll paper cover open error hasn’t occurred. (When Msw [8-8] is ON) Off 00 0 Roll paper layout error hasn’t occurred. On 04 4 Roll paper layout error hasn’t occurred. 3~ 5 - - Reserved. 6 On 40 64 Fixed.
CONFIDENTIAL [TM-L90 with Peeler] When memoery switch [Msw8-1] is ON: execution of DLE ENQ (n = 2) [TM-L90 with Peeler] Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00 0 Roll paper cover open error hasn’t occurred. (When Msw [8-8] is OFF) On 01 1 Roll paper cover open error has occurred. (When Msw [8-8] is OFF) 2~5 - - - Reserved. 6 On 40 64 Fixed. 7 0 00 0 Fixed.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( K [Name] SETTING COMMAND Select print control method(s) [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Selects the print control methods. • fn Function No. Function name 48 Function 48 Select the print control mode 49 Function 49 Select the print density 50 Function 50 Select the print speed 97 Function 97 Select the number of parts for the thermal head energizing • [Notes] Function code fn specifies the function.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV, TM-T70 This printer supports Function 50 and Function 97. Paper roll Miscellaneous commands GS ( K Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( K [Name] Select the print control mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100: GS ( 1D 28 29 49 K 4B 75 TM-T90: TM-L90: TM-P60: pL 02 2 pH fn m 00 30 m 0 48 m (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) fn = 48 1 ≤ m ≤ 3, 49 ≤ m ≤ 51 1 ≤ m ≤ 4, 49 ≤ m ≤ 52 0 ≤ m ≤ 4, 48 ≤ m ≤ 52 m = 49, 50 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100: m = 2 TM-T90, TM-L90: m = 1 TM-P60:m = 49 [Description] Selects the print control mode by m.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 The following print control modes are available. m Print control mode Specification 1, 49 Normal Enables printing in high density 2, 50 High speed Enables printing in high speed and saving ink 3, 51 Economy Prints saving more ink than “High speed” Bar code mode is in addition to the modes mentioned above. Bar code mode prints the bar code or the 360 dpi graphics and is automatically selected when printing that data.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 The following print control modes are available. m Print control mode 0, 48 Print control mode when power supply is turned on 1, 49 Standard print control mode 2, 50 Suitable print control mode for printing a fence bar code 3, 51 Suitable print control mode for printing a ladder bar code 4, 52 Suitable print control mode for printing a two dimension code This printer selects “Standard print control mode” at setting of (m = 0,48).
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( K [Name] Select the print density [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) fn = 49 TM-T90: 250 ≤ m ≤ 255, 0 ≤ m ≤ 6 TM-L90: 250 ≤ m ≤ 255, 0 ≤ m ≤ 8 [Default] m=0 [Description] Selects the print density by m.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90 The following print densities are available.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 The following print densities are available.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( K [Name] Select the print speed [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) fn = 50 TM-T90: 0 ≤ m ≤ 11 48 ≤ m ≤ 57 (Japanese model) 0 ≤ m ≤ 9 48 ≤ m ≤ 57 (Other than Japanese model) TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90:0 ≤ m ≤ 9, 48 ≤ m ≤ 57 [Default] m=0 [Description] Selects the print speed by m.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ When a standard mode is selected, all the data in the line is printed in the same speed. ■ When a page mode is selected, all the data printed collectively by FF or ESC FF is printed at the same speed. [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-P60, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-P60 This printer does not support this function. TM-T88IV, TM-T70 See the GS ( E model information for details of the printing speed level.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( K [Name] Select the number of parts for the thermal head energizing [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) fn = 97 TM-T90, TM-L90:0 ≤ m ≤4, 48 ≤ m ≤ 52 TM-T88IV: 0 ≤ m ≤ 2, 48 ≤ m ≤ 50, m = 4, 52, 128 TM-T70: 0 ≤ m ≤ 2, 48 ≤ m ≤ 50, m = 4, 52, 128 [Other than Japanese model] 0 ≤ m ≤ 2, 48 ≤ m ≤ 50, m = 128 [Japanese model] [Default] m=0 [Description] Selects the number of parts for the thermal head energizing which m specifies.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100, TM-P60 This printer does not support this function. TM-T90, TM-L90 We recommend setting “Selects energizing division into two“ for best printing condition with two-color printing. TM-T88IV, TM-T70 See the GS ( E model information for details of head energizing strokes. Paper roll Miscellaneous commands GS ( K Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( P [Name] EXECUTING COMMAND Page mode control [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U220, TM-U230 [Description] Executes various controls regarding page mode. • [Notes] The function is specified with the function code (fn). fn Function No. Function name 48 Function 48 Printable area setting when page mode is selected • pL and pH specify the number of bytes following fn as (pL + pH × 256).
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( P pL pH fn wxL wxH wyL wyH oxL oxH c [Name] Printable area setting when page mode is selected [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 8 (pL = 8, pH = 0) fn = 48 TM-P60: (wxL + wxH × 256) = 65535 (wyL = 255, wxH = 255) 1 ≤ (wyL + wyH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ wyL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ wyH ≤ 255) (oxL + oxH × 256) = 0 (oxL = 0, oxH = 0) c=1 [Default] TM-P60: [Description] Sets the printable area when page mode is selected.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ If the maximum settable area is exceeded, the following corrective action is taken. • If the specified horizontal size exceeds the maximum settable area [horizontal size = maximum value for the printable area] is set. • If the specified (horizontal offset + horizontal size) exceeds the maximum settable area [horizontal offset = (maximum value for the printable area - horizontal size)] is set.
CONFIDENTIAL If the specified vertical size exceeds 150 mm {1200/203 inch}, [vertical size (wyL + wyH × 256) = 1200] is set. Also by specifying (wyL + wyH × 256) = 400) vertical size as 50 mm or less {400/203 inch}, you can shorten processing time when printing data repeatedly using page mode. The horizontal offset cannot be changed for this printer. Always specify [(oxL + oxH × 256) = 0]. Paper roll Miscellaneous commands GS ( P Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( Q [Name] EXECUTING COMMAND Commands for drawing graphics [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Executes various controls regarding drawing graphics. • Paper roll The function is specified with the function code (fn). fn Function No. Function name 48 Function 48 Draw line 49 Function 49 Draw rectangle • pL and pH specify the number of bytes following fn as (pL + pH × 256).
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] With this command, the function is decided by the function code (fn). The detailed operation differs with each function.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( Q pL pH fn x1L x1H y1L y1H x2L x2H y2L y2H c m1 m2 [Name] Draw line [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 12 (pL = 12, pH = 0) fn = 48 TM-P60: When the start position specified with ESC T is “top left or bottom right”: 0 ≤ (x1L + x1H × 256) ≤ 431 (0 ≤ x1L ≤ 255, x1H = 0,1) 0 ≤ (y1L + y1H × 256) ≤ 1199 (0 ≤ y1L ≤ 255, 0 ≤ y1H ≤ 4) 0 ≤ (x2L + x2H × 256) ≤ 431 (0 ≤ x2L ≤ 255, x2H = 0, 1) 0 ≤ (y2L + y2H × 256) ≤ 1199 (0 ≤ y2L ≤ 255, 0 ≤ y2H ≤ 4) When the start
CONFIDENTIAL ■ x2L, x2H, y2L, y2H set the line drawing end coordinate [X end position, Y end position] as the start position reference. • X end position: [(x2L + x2H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units] • Y end position: [(y2L + y2H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units] ■ m1 sets the type of line. The line width differs according to the model (refer to the model information).
CONFIDENTIAL ESC T start position Start position/end position Top left or bottom X: Vertical in relation to paper feed right direction (horizontal direction of characters) Top right or bottom left Horizontal and vertical motion units used X: Horizontal (vertical in relation to paper feed direction) Y: Paper feed direction (vertical direction of characters) Y: Vertical (paper feed direction) X: Paper feed direction (horizontal direction of characters) X: Vertical (paper feed direction) Y: Vertical i
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-P60 TM-P60 The vertical and horizontal motion units are about 0.125 mm {1/203 inch}. This corresponds to 1 dot pitch. The line width of this printer is as shown in the table below. m1 Line type Line width 1 Continuous line: Thin 2 dots 2 Continuous line: Moderately thick 4 dots 3 Continuous line: Thick 8 dots Paper roll Miscellaneous commands GS ( Q Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( Q pL pH fn x1L x1H y1L y1H x2L x2H y2L y2H c m1 m2 m3 m4 [Name] Draw rectangle [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 14 (pL = 14, pH = 0) fn = 49 TM-P60: When the starting position specified with ESC T is “top left or bottom right”: 0 ≤ (x1L + x1H × 256) ≤ 430 (0 ≤ x1L ≤ 255, x1H = 0,1) 0 ≤ (y1L + y1H × 256) ≤ 1198 (0 ≤ y1L ≤ 255, 0 ≤ y1H ≤ 4) 0 ≤ (x2L + x2H × 256) ≤ 430 (0 ≤ x2L ≤ 255, x2H = 0, 1) 0 ≤ (y2L + y2H × 256) ≤ 1198 (0 ≤ y2L ≤ 255, 0 ≤ y2H ≤ 4)
CONFIDENTIAL • X end position: [(x2L + x2H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units] • Y end position: [(y2L + y2H × 256) × horizontal and vertical motion units] ■ m1 sets the type of line. The line width differs according to the model (refer to the model information). [Notes] m1 Line type 1 Continuous line: Thin 2 Continuous line: Moderately thick 3 Continuous line: Thick ■ This function can be used when page mode is selected. Select page mode with ESC L.
CONFIDENTIAL ESC T start position Start position/end position Top left or bottom X: Vertical in relation to paper feed right direction (horizontal direction of characters) Top right or bottom left Horizontal and vertical motion units used X: Horizontal (vertical in relation to paper feed direction) Y: Paper feed direction (vertical direction of characters) Y: Vertical (paper feed direction) X: Paper feed direction (horizontal direction of characters) X: Vertical (paper feed direction) Y: Vertical i
CONFIDENTIAL GS I EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Transmit printer ID [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-J2000/J2100: 1 ≤ n ≤ 3, 49 ≤ n ≤ 51, 65 ≤ n ≤ 69, n = 112 TM-T90: 1 ≤ n ≤ 3, 49 ≤ n ≤ 51, 65 ≤ n ≤ 69, n = 112 (Japanese model or memory switch [Msw 8-7] is OFF) 1 ≤ n ≤ 3, 49 ≤ n ≤ 51, 65 ≤ n ≤ 69 (memory switch [Msw 8-7] is ON) TM-T88IV: 1, 2, 49, 50, 65 ≤ n ≤ 69 TM-T70: 1, 2, 49, 50, 110, 65 ≤ n ≤ 69 TM-L90: n = 1, 2, 49, 50, 33, 112, 65 ≤ n ≤ 69 [TM-L90 with Peeler] 1 ≤ n ≤ 3, 49 ≤ n ≤ 51, 65 ≤ n
CONFIDENTIAL • Transmits specified printer information A, using n as follows: n Printer ID Specification 33 Type information Supported functions 96, 110 See [Printer information] See [Printer information] • Transmits specified printer information B, using n as follows: n Printer ID Specification 65 Firmware version Firmware version 66 Maker name “EPSON” 67 Printer model Printer model 68 Serial No Serial No of the printer 69 Font of Language for each country Japanese: “KANJI JAP
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes for printer ID] ■ Each printer ID is composed of 1 byte of data (when 1 ≤ n ≤ 3, 49 ≤ n ≤ 51). ■ Printer model ID differs, depending on the printer model (when n = 1, 49). ■ Transmits specified printer information, as follows: Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00 0 Multi-byte character codes are not supported. On 01 1 Multi-byte character codes are supported. Off 00 0 Autocutter not installed. On 02 2 Autocutter installed.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Printer information A (n = 33, 96) consists of [Header ~ NUL] as shown in the following table: Transmitted data Hex Decimal Amount of data Header 3DH 61 1 byte Identifier(*1) 20H ~ 2FH 32 ~ 47 1 byte Printer information A Depends on printer model Depends on printer model 0 ~ 80 bytes NUL 00H 1 byte (*1) The identifier is transmitted as the transmitted parameter n of this command. Example: When type information is specified (n = 33), the identifier is [hex = 21H/decimal = 33].
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0~5 - - - Multi-byte code character (Kanji) is not supported. 6 On 40 64 Fixed. 7 Off 00 0 Fixed. ... how to use this table Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00 0 No peeler function available. On 01 1 Peeler function available. 1~5 - - - Reserved. 6 On 40 64 Fixed. 7 Off 00 0 Fixed. ...
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Each printer information is composed of [header to NUL] (when 65 ≤ n ≤ 69, or n = 112). Send data Hex Decimal Data Header 5FH 95 1 byte Printer information B Depends on the model Depends on the model 0 to 80 bytes NUL 00H • 0 1 byte If the printer information is not prepared, [Header + NUL] (2 bytes) are sent. ■ The firmware version can be confirmed by self test printing. The self test is executed by executing GS ( A, or by panel switch operation when power is turned on.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit 2: [DM-D (Customer display) is connected/not connected] indicates the state of Memory switch 1-6. • Printer model (n = 67) Printer model: TM-J2000 or TM-J2100 • Model dependent printer information (n = 112): Transmits 3 bytes data group composed of [header + printer information type B (1 byte) + NUL].
CONFIDENTIAL • Model-dependent printer information (n = 112): Transmits 4 byte data group composed of [header + DIP switches information (2 bytes) + NUL].
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 3 Off 00 0 DIP switch 8 OFF On 08 8 DIP switch 8 ON 4, 5 - - - Reserved 6 On 40 64 Fixed 7 Off 00 0 Fixed TM-L90 TM-L90 with Peeler: • Printer model ID (n = 1, 49) Hex = 4DH / Decimal = 77 • Type ID (n = 2, 50) Bit 1: Autocutter is not installed. Bit 2: The bit DM-D (Customer display) isn’t supported. • Type information (n = 33) Printer type information consists of 3 bytes of [First byte] to [Third byte].
CONFIDENTIAL <1st byte of DIP switch information> Bit Binary Hex Decimal Function 0 0 00 0 DIP switch 1 OFF 1 01 1 DIP switch 1 ON 0 00 0 DIP switch 2 OFF 1 02 2 DIP switch 2 ON 0 00 0 DIP switch 3 OFF 1 04 4 DIP switch 3 ON 0 00 0 DIP switch 4 OFF 1 08 8 DIP switch 4 ON 4, 5 - - - Reserved 6 1 40 64 Fixed 7 0 00 0 Fixed 1 2 3 <2nd byte of DIP switch information> Bit Binary Hex Decimal Function 0 0 00 0 DIP switch 5 OFF 1 01 1 DIP switch 5 ON 0 0
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Binary Hex Decimal Function 4, 5 - - - Reserved 6 1 40 64 Fixed 7 0 00 0 Fixed TM-L90 models without Peeler: • Printer model ID (n = 1, 49) Hex = 40H / Decimal = 64 • Type ID (n = 2, 50) Bit 1: [Autocutter is installed/not installed] indicates the state of Memory switch 2-2. Bit 2: The bit [DM-D (Customer display) isn’t supported.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Binary Hex Decimal Function 4, 5 - - - Reserved 6 1 40 64 Fixed 7 0 00 0 Fixed <2nd byte of DIP switch information> Bit Binary Hex Decimal Function 0 0 00 0 DIP switch 5 OFF 1 01 1 DIP switch 5 ON 0 00 0 DIP switch 6 OFF 1 02 2 DIP switch 6 ON 0 00 0 DIP switch 7 OFF 1 04 4 DIP switch 7 ON 0 00 0 DIP switch 8 OFF 1 08 8 DIP switch 8 ON 4, 5 - - - Reserved 6 1 40 64 Fixed 7 0 00 0 Fixed 1 2 3 TM-T88IV • Printer model ID (n =
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T70 • Printer model ID (n = 1, 49) Hex = 68H / Decimal = 104 • Type ID (n = 2, 50) Bits 1 to 3, and 5 and 6 are not supported. • Printer model (n = 67) Printer model: TM-T70 • Model dependent printer information (n = 110): Sends 3 byte data group composed of [header + Paper width and resolution (1 byte) + NUL].
CONFIDENTIAL Type information (when n = 33 is specified) The type information of this printer consists of the first to third 3 bytes. • First byte - bit 1: Always transmits [No autocutter]. • First byte - bit 2: Always transmits [No DM-D (customer display) connection]. • Second byte: Always transmits [Hexadecimal = 40H / Decimal = 64]. • Third byte - bit 0: Always transmits [Peeler mechanism]. Model name (when n = 67 is specified) • The model name is [TM-P60].
CONFIDENTIAL Bit 1: [Autocutter installed] is always transmitted. Bit 2: [DM-D (Customer display) not connected] is always transmitted. ² Type information (n = 33) Type information of this printer consists of 2 bytes of [First byte] and [Second byte]. Bit 1 of the first byte: [Autocutter installed] is always transmitted. Bit 2 of the first byte: [DM-D (Customer display) not connected] is always transmitted.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 • Printer model ID (n = 1, 49) Hex = 2AH / Decimal = 42 • Type ID (n = 2, 50) Bit 1: The bit always indicates Autocutter is installed. Bit 2: The bit [DM-D (Customer display) isn’t supported. • Printer model (n = 67) Printer model: TM-U230 TM-U220 • Printer model ID (n = 1, 49) Hex = 0DH / Decimal = 13 • Type ID (n = 2, 50) Bit 1: [Autocutter is installed/not installed] indicates the state of DIP switch 2-2. Bit 2: The bit [DM-D (Customer display) isn’t supported.
CONFIDENTIAL GS P SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set horizontal and vertical motion units [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ x ≤ 255 0 ≤ y ≤ 255 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T88IV: x = 180, y = 360 TM-T90: x = 180, y = 360 [Other than Japanese model] x = 203, y = 406 [Japanese model] TM-T70: x = 180, y = 180 [Other than Japanese model] x = 203, y = 203 [Japanese model] TM-L90: x = 203, y = 406 GS P 1D 50 29 80 x x x y y y [Printers not featuring this command] TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description]
CONFIDENTIAL • Commands using x: ESC SP, ESC $, ESC W, ESC \ GS ( O and FS S. • Commands using y: ESC 3, ESC J, ESC K, ESC W, GS $, GS V, GS ( O and GS \ ■ In page mode, the following commands use x or y, when the starting position is set to the upper right or lower left of the print area using ESC T.
CONFIDENTIAL GS g 0 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Initialize maintenance counter [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal GS g 0 1D 67 30 29 103 48 m nL nH 00 nL nH 0 nL nH [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Range] m=0 TM-J2100: 30 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 34,(nL + nH × 256) = 50, 70 TM-J2000: (nL + nH × 256) = 30, 31, 33, 34, 50, 70 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60: (nL + nH × 256) = 20, 21, 50, 70 TM-L90: (nL + nH × 256) = 20, 21, 70 [TM-L90 with Peeler] TM-L90: (nL + nH × 256) = 20, 21, 50, 70 [TM-L9
CONFIDENTIAL ■ There are two types of maintenance counters: resettable counters and accumulation counters. A resettable counter is a maintenance counter that can be initialized, and an accumulation counter indicates the counter value from when the printer starts operation. An accumulation counter cannot be initialized (see GS g 2 for details of the accumulation counter.) ■ Featuring counters differ, depending on the printer model. See GS g 2 for details.
CONFIDENTIAL GS g 2 EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Transmit maintenance counter [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal GS g 2 1D 67 32 29 103 50 m 00 0 nL nH nL nH nL nH [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Range] m=0 TM-J2100 (two-color): 30 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 34, (nL + nH × 256) = 50, 70 158 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 162, (nL + nH × 256) = 178, 198 TM-J2000 (single-color): (nL + nH × 256) = 30, 31, 33, 34, 50, 70 (nL + nH × 256) = 158, 159, 161, 162, 178, 198 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60: (nL +
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] (nL + nH × 256) Type 158~167 Accumulation Ink jet head 168~177 Accumulation Shuttle head 178~187 Accumulation Devices that conform to the normal specification 188~197 Accumulation Option devices 198~207 Accumulation Time Maintenance counter ■ There are two types of maintenance counters: resettable counters and accumulation counters.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ When you use this command, follow these rules. • When the host PC transmits the function data, transmit the next data after receiving the corresponding data (the header ~ NULL) from the printer. • With serial interface printers, be sure to use this function when the host is in the READY state.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 The units and maximum values of the counters are as follows: Number Counter Counting method Unit Maximum value 30,158 The number of paper feed lines Counts a paper feed of 30 dots as one line (+1) Lines 71,582,788 31,159 The average number of head strokes Counts a head driving stroke in (1st color) 64-stroke unit (+1) Strokes 4,294,967,295 32,160 The average number of head strokes Counts a head driving stroke in (2nd color) 64-stroke unit (+1) Strokes 4,294,967,295
CONFIDENTIAL Number Counter Counting method Unit 21,149 The number of head energizing strokes Counts a head energizing stroke of the thermal head (+1) Times 4,294,967,295 50,178 The number of autocutter operations Counts an autocutter operation (+1) Times 4,294,967,295 70,198 Period of printer operation Counts the number of hours the power has been on (except in the power save mode) Maximum value Hours 71,582,788 Note: Commas used in the maximum values in the table above are not included in th
CONFIDENTIAL GS z 0 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set online recovery wait time [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ t1 ≤ 255 0 ≤ t2 ≤ 255 [Default] t1 = 6, t2 = 0 GS z 0 1D 7A 30 29 122 48 t1 t1 t1 t2 t2 t2 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U220 [Description] [Notes] Sets the online recovery wait time from the time a new roll paper is installed to when the printer goes online.
CONFIDENTIAL • The printer can be set online by DLE ENQ (n = 0). ■ During recovery confirmation time, the paper cannot be fed by pressing the paper feed button. ■ When the recovery confirmation time is canceled (t2 = 0), the printer recovers online by executing DLE ENQ (n = 0) or pressing the paper feed button. ■ During the paper wait time and recovery confirmation time, if a paper-end is detected, the printer restarts processing from loading a roll paper.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The procedures for online recovery by pressing the paper feed button are as follows: Print Status: User Operation: ➀ Printing stops due to a paper end. The paper out LED is on. ➀ Open the printer cover and insert a new roll paper. ➁ The printer starts loading. The paper out LED is off. ➂ The printer starts a counter for the paper to be inserted. The paper out LED remains off. ➃ The printer starts a counter for the recovery confirmation time. The paper out LED blinks. .
CONFIDENTIAL Printer status ➁: Not printing because of a paper-end When the sensor detects that a roll paper is inserted, the printer starts loading. Printer status ➂: Waiting for a roll paper to be inserted (waiting for online recovery) The printer is in the paper wait status after loading and the paper out LED is off.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 When waiting for a roll paper to be inserted status, the paper out LED is off. When the printer is in the recovery confirmation status, the paper out LED is blinks. The paper feed switch is FEED. Paper roll Miscellaneous commands GS z 0 Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS z 0 (TM-L90 w/ Peeler) SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set online recovery wait time [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] t1 = 0, 0 ≤ t2 ≤ 255 [Default] t1 = 0, t2 = 0 [Description] When the peeling issuing mode is selected, sets the online recovery wait time, the wait time for the FEED button to be pressed when the printer goes online (recovery confirmation time), to (t2 × 500 msec). When t2 = 0, the recovery confirmation time is canceled.
CONFIDENTIAL • In the online recovery wait status, the printer recovers by any of the following and the paper is fed to the print starting position: The FEED button is pressed. The recovery confirmation time (t2 × 500 msec) has elapsed. DLE ENQ (n = 0) is executed ■ During the online recovery time, the paper cannot be fed by pressing the paper feed button. ■ When the online recovery time is canceled (t2 = 0), the printer recovers online by executing DLE ENQ (n = 0) or pressing the paper feed button.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The printer automatically in the status of not waiting for the label to be removed when an operator removes the label at the peeling position. If the printer is in an area where the label peeling detector cannot detect paper due to direct sunlight, the operator needs to press the FEED button once after removing the label. Installing the printer in a place with no direct sunlight is recommended.
CONFIDENTIAL Kanji Commands Kanji commands KANJI COMMANDS Command FS ! FS & FS ( A FS – FS .
CONFIDENTIAL FS ! SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select print mode(s) for Kanji characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 ! 21 33 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 [Description] Selects the character styles (double-height, double-width, and Kanji-underlined) together for multi-byte code character as follows: n: Bit Function Binary Hexadecimal Decimal 0 Reserved Off 00 0 1 Reserved Off 00 0 2 Double-width canceled 0ff 00 0 Double-wi
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ Settings of this command affect multilingual characters and user-defined characters. ■ Settings of this command are effective until any of the following commands are executed, ESC @ is executed, the printer is, or the power is turned off. • Character size (bits 2 and 3): FS W, GS ! • Underline (bit 7): FS – ■ When a double-height mode is specified, a character is enlarged based on a baseline of the character.
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”C”;CHR$(0); ← Select PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”&”; ← Specify JIS code system Kanji mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”!”;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H22);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H22); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”!”;CHR$(4); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H24); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”!”;CHR$(8); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H26);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H26); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”!”;CHR$(12); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H28);CHR$(&H24);CHR$(&H28);
CONFIDENTIAL FS & SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select Kanji character mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal 1C 28 FS 26 38 & [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Selects Kanji character mode. [Notes] ■ This command can be used only for the Japanese, Simplified Chinese, and Traditional Chinese models. ■ Settings of this command are effective until FS . is executed, ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Notes for Traditional Chinese model: • When Kanji mode is selected, the printer processes a character code that corresponds to the first byte of Kanji code, and then processes a consecutive byte as the second byte of Kanji code. Therefore, when Kanji code is specified, an ASCII code character that corresponds to the first byte of Kanji code cannot be printed. • Kanji mode is selected at default.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( A [Name] SETTING COMMAND Select Kanji character style(s) [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T88IV, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Selects the multi-byte code character style. • fn Function No. Function name 48 Function 48 Select Kanji character font • [Notes] Function code fn specifies the function. pL, pH specifies (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and [parameters]). The [parameters] are described in each function.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( A pL pH fn m [Name] Select Kanji character font [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH= 0) fn = 48 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-P60: 0 ≤ m ≤ 2, 48 ≤ m ≤ 50 TM-T70: m = 0, 1, 48, 49 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-L90: m = 0 TM-P60: m = 1 [Description] Selects multi-byte code character font (Kanji character font).
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T70 This function is only for the Japanese model. Character configuration of each Kanji font is as follows: Kanji Font A (24 × 24) Kanji Font B (16 × 16) Paper roll Kanji Commands FS ( A Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL FS – SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn underline mode on/off for Kanji characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 – n 2D n 45 n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: 0 ≤ n ≤ 2, 48 ≤ n ≤ 50 TM-U230, TM-U220: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 [Default] n=0 [Description] Turns on or off underline mode for multi-byte code character (Kanji-underline), using n as follows: [Notes] n Function 0, 48 Turns off Kanji-underline mode 1,
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”C”;CHR$(0); Print Sample ← Select JIS code system ← Select underline mode ← Cancel underline mode ← Cancel Kanji mode ← 1-dot PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”&”; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”–”;CHR$(1); ← No width underline added underline PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”–”;CHR$(0); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”.
CONFIDENTIAL FS . SETTING COMMAND [Name] Cancel Kanji character mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 . 2E 46 [Printers not featuring this command] None [Description] Cancels Kanji character mode. [Notes] ■ This command can be used only for the Japanese, Simplified Chinese, and Traditional Chinese models. ■ Settings of this command are effective until FS & is executed, ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off.
CONFIDENTIAL Print Sample Program Example PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”C”;CHR$(0); ← Select PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”&”; ← Specify JIS code system Kanji mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A); CHR$(&HA); ← Cancel PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”.”; Kanji mode PRINT #1, “kanji”; CHR$(&HA); Paper roll Kanji Commands FS . Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL FS 2 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Define user-defined Kanji characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 2 32 50 c1 c1 c1 c2 c2 c2 d1...dk d1...dk d1...dk [Printers not featuring this command] None [Range] The ranges of c1 and c2 differ, depending on models and the character code system used. The ranges of c1 and c2 for each model are as follows.
CONFIDENTIAL k = 32 [Kanji Font C (16 × 16) TM-U230, TM-U220: k = 32 [Description] [Notes] Defines the user-defined Kanji character pattern specified by the character codes (c1 and c2) of the currently selected Kanji font. • c1 specifies the first byte of a character code for a user-defined Kanji character. • c2 specifies the second byte of a character code for a user-defined Kanji character. • d specifies the defined data (column format). • k indicates the number of defined data.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 Print Sample Program Example ←Select PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”C”; CHR$(0): JIS code system PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”2”; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H77);CHR$(&H21); FOR k = 1 To 32 READ d: PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT k ←Specify PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”&”; Kanji mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H77);CHR$(&H21); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H33);CHR$(&H30); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR
CONFIDENTIAL TM-U230 A user-defined character for one character can be defined. If a user-defined character is already defined, defined character code can be redefined; however, user-defined characters cannot be defined to new character codes. Horizontal adjacent dots cannot be specified as print data. TM-U220 5 characters can be defined as external characters.
CONFIDENTIAL FS C SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select Kanji character code system [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 C 43 67 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: n = 0, 1, 48, 49 TM-U230, TM-U220: n = 0, 1 [Default] n=0 [Description] Selects a Kanji character code system for the Japanese model as follows: [Notes] n Kanji 0, 48 JIS code 1, 49 SHIFT JIS code ■ This command is effective only with the Japanese Kanji m
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”C”;CHR$(0); ← Select PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”&”; ← Specify JIS code system Kanji mode ← Print using JIS code ← Print using SHIFT JIS code PRINT #1, CHR$(&H34);CHR$(&H41); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A); CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”.
CONFIDENTIAL FS S SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set Kanji character spacing [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 S 53 83 n1 n1 n1 n2 n2 n2 [Printers not featuring this command] None [Range] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: 0 ≤ n1 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ n2 ≤ 255 TM-U230, TM-U220: 0 ≤ n1 ≤ 32, 0 ≤ n2 ≤ 32 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: n1 = 0, n2 = 0 TM-U230, TM-U220: n1 = 0, n2 = 0 [Description] Sets left- and right-side spacing of the multi-byte code
CONFIDENTIAL ■ If the horizontal or vertical motion unit is changed after setting the character spacing, the spacing between the characters is not changed. ■ The character spacing is effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off. ■ This command is used to change spacing between characters.
CONFIDENTIAL FS W SETTING COMMAND [Name] Turn quadruple-size mode on/off for Kanji characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 W 57 87 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] None [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤ 255 [Default] n=0 [Description] Turns quadruple-size mode on or off for multi-byte code character. • When the LSB of n is 0, quadruple-size mode is turned off and normal size is specified. • When the LSB of n is 1, quadruple-size mode is turned on.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ? SETTING COMMAND [Name] Cancel user-defined Kanji characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 ? 3F 63 c1 c1 c1 c2 c2 c2 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 [Range] [Description] [Notes] The ranges of c1 and c2 differ, depending on specifications and the character code system used. The ranges of c1 and c2 for each model are as follows.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] None Print Sample Program Example ←Select PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”C”; CHR$(0): JIS code system PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”2”; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H77);CHR$(&H21); FOR k = 1 To 32 READ d: PRINT #1, CHR$(d); NEXT k ←Specify PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”&”; Kanji mode PRINT #1, CHR$(&H77);CHR$(&H21); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H33);CHR$(&H30); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); PRINT #1, CHR$(&H3B);CHR$(&H7A);CHR$(&HA); ←Cancel PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);”.
CONFIDENTIAL Two-dimension code commands Two-dimension code commands TWO DIMENSION CODE COMMANDS Command GS ( k Paper roll Name Set up and print the symbol Two-dimension code commands Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] EXECUTING + SETTING Set up and print the symbol [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Performs data processing related to 2-dimensional codes (PDF417, QR Code, MaxiCode, 2-dimensional RSS (Reduced Space Symbology), composite symbols). • Symbol type is specified by cn • Function code fn specifies the function. cn fn Function No.
CONFIDENTIAL cn fn Function No.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ By using Functions 065 to 070 combined with Function 081, the same symbol data d1...dk is printed differently. ■ By using Function 082, the symbol size printed by Function 081 is available. [Notes for process of QR Code symbol (when cn = 49)] ■ The symbol data specified by Function 180 d1...dk is stored in the printer and is printed by Function 181. ■ When processing Function 181 or 182, the setting values of Functions 165, 167, 169 are used.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Using of this command, the size of the symbol printed with can be acquired. [Notes for composite symbol processing (when cn = 52 is specified)] ■ The composite symbol (line element/2D composite element) symbol data specified by of this command (d1...dk) is temporarily stored in the archive area of the printer and is printed by .
CONFIDENTIAL • With a parallel interface, a [Header ~ NUL] is stored at first in the transmission buffer of the printer with the other transmission data (except for ASB status). When the host enters Reverse Mode, the data is transmitted in order from the beginning. Data that exceeds the transmission buffer size (99 bytes) is ignored. When using the command, the host should enter Reverse Mode immediately and execute receive processing of status.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The recognition rate of the symbol is affected by the height of the symbol, module height, module width ratio, and the performance of the reader. ■ It is recommended that the module height and module width be set so that the height of the symbol is bigger than 5 mm {0.2 inch}. ■ It is recommended that the module height be set three to five times the width of the module. ■ The module height is specified by Function 068. The width of a module is specified by Function 067.
CONFIDENTIAL When printing PDF417 with this printer, note the following: ■ The recognition rate of the symbol is affected by the height of the symbol, module height, module width ratio, and the performance of the reader. ■ It is recommended that the module height and module width be set so that the height of the symbol is greater than 5 mm {0.2 inch}. ■ It is recommended that the module height be set three to five times the width of the module. ■ The module height is specified by Function 068.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] PDF417: Set the number of columns in the data region [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 48 fn = 65 0 ≤ n ≤ 30 [Default] n=0 [Description] Sets the number of columns in the data region for PDF417. [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn fn n 6B 03 00 30 41 n 107 3 0 48 65 n • When n = 0, specifies automatic processing • When n is not 0, sets the number of columns in the data region to n codeword.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 TM-P60 with Peeler supports this function. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] PDF417: Set the number of rows [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 48 fn = 66 n = 0, 3 ≤ n ≤ 90 [Default] n=0 [Description] Sets the number of rows for PDF417. [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn fn n 6B 03 00 30 42 n 107 3 0 48 66 n • When n = 0 specifies automatic processing. • When n is not 0, sets the number of rows to n rows. ■ Settings of this function affect the processing of Functions 081 and 082.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] PDF417: Set the width of the module [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 48 fn = 67 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: 2 ≤ n ≤ 8 [Default] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: n = 3 [Description] Sets the width of the module for PDF417 to n dots. [Notes] ■ Settings of this function affect the processing of Functions 081 and 082.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 The setting unit is 1 dot. The width is set in units of 0.125 mm {1/203 inch}. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] PDF417: Set the row height [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH =0) cn = 48 fn = 68 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: 2 ≤ n ≤ 8 [Default] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: n = 3 [Description] Sets the row height for PDF417 to [n × (the width of the module)]. [Notes] ■ Settings of this function affect the processing of Functions 081 and 082.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. The module height influences the recognition rate of the symbol. The module height is recommended to be set to 3-5 times the module width. The recognition rate might decrease when the vertical size of the symbol is 5 mm {0.2"} or less. The vertical size of the symbol can be confirmed by the transmission data of Function 082. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] PDF417: Set the error correction level [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH =0) cn = 48 fn = 69 m = 48, 49 48 ≤ n ≤ 56 [m = 48] 1 ≤ n ≤ 40 [m = 49] [Default] m = 49, n = 1 [ratio: 10%] [Description] Sets the error correction level for PDF417. [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn fn m 6B 04 00 30 45 m 107 4 0 48 69 m n n n m Function 48 The error correction level is set by “level.
CONFIDENTIAL n Function Number of error correction codeword 51 Error correction level 3 16 52 Error correction level 4 32 53 Error correction level 5 64 54 Error correction level 6 128 55 Error correction level 7 256 56 Error correction level 8 512 ■ Error correction level specified by “ratio” (m = 49) is as follows. The error correction level is defined by the calculated value [number of data codeword × n × 0.1 = (A)].
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV, TM-T70 This function is not supported in the Japanese specification. TM-P60 TM-P60 with Peeler supports this function. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] PDF417: Select the options [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 48 fn = 70 m = 0,1 [Default] m=0 [Description] Selects the option for PDF417. [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn fn n 6B 03 00 30 46 n 107 3 0 48 70 n m Function 0 Selects the standard PDF417. 1 Selects the truncated PDF417. ■ Settings of this function affect the processing of Functions 081 and 082.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] PDF417: Store the data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 4 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255) cn = 48 fn = 80 m = 48 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = (pL + pH × 256) – 3 [Description] Stores the PDF417 symbol data (d1...dk) in the symbol storage area. [Notes] ■ The symbol data saved in the symbol archive area by this function is encoded by and of this command.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV, TM-T70 This function is not supported in the Japanese specification. TM-P60 TM-P60 with Peeler supports this function. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] PDF417: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 48 fn = 81 m = 48 [Description] Encodes and prints the PDF417 symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of . [Notes] ■ In standard mode, use this function when printer is “at the beginning of a line,” or “there is no data in the print buffer.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The data area includes the following codeword. • Data specified by Function 080. • The descriptor of symbol length (the first codeword in the data area). • The error correction codeword calculated by modulus 929. • Pad codeword ■ When auto processing (Function 065) is specified, the number of columns is calculated by the current print area, module width (Function 067), option setting (Function 070), and the codeword in the data area. Maximum number of the columns is 30.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV, TM-T70 This function is not supported in the Japanese specification. In standard mode, the symbol which height exceeds 831 dots cannot be printed with this printer. When printing PDF417 symbols, the printer starts actual printing after it reaches control speed for printing symbol. The paper must be fed 10 dots or less in this operation. This area is not included in the vertical area transmitted by Function 082. TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] PDF417: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 48 fn = 82 m = 48 [Description] Transmits the size information for the encoded PDF417 symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of . [Notes] ■ In standard mode, use this function when the printer is “at the beginning of a line,” or “there is no data in the print buffer.
CONFIDENTIAL (*1)”Horizontal size” and “vertical size” indicate the number of dots of the symbol. The decimal value of the vertical size and horizontal size is converted to text data and sent starting from the high order end. (ex: When horizontal size is 120 dots, horizontal size is “120” (in hexadecimal: 31H, 32H, and 30H / in decimal: 49, 50, and 48 ), which is 3 bytes of data.) (*2)”Other information” indicates whether printing of the data in the symbol storage area is possible or impossible.
CONFIDENTIAL Cause Solution (Number of columns × number of Increase the number of columns by Function 065. rows) < number of codeword Increase the number of rows by Function 066. Number of the codeword in the data area is more than 928. Reduce the data by Function 080. Lower the error correction level by Function 069. There is no data in the symbol storage area. Sends data to the symbol storage area by Function 080. ■ See previous [Notes for transmission process] for process sending data group.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] QR Code: Select the model [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0) cn = 49 fn = 65 n1 = 49, 50 n2 = 0 [Default] n1 = 50, n2 = 0 [Description] Selects the model for QR Code. [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn fn n1 6B 04 00 31 41 n1 107 4 0 49 65 n1 n1 Function 49 Selects model 1. 50 Selects model 2. n2 n2 n2 ■ Settings of this function affect the processing of Functions 181 and 182.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] QR Code: Set the size of module [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 49 fn = 67 TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: 1 ≤ n ≤ 16 [Default] TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60: n = 3 [Description] Sets the size of the module for QR Code to n dots. [Notes] ■ Settings of this function affect the processing of Functions 181 and 182.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 The setting unit is 1 dot. The size is set in units of 0.125 mm {1/203 inch}. TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. The setting unit is 1 dot. The size is set in units of 0.125 mm {1/203 inch}. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] QR Code: Select the error correction level [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH =0) cn = 49 fn = 69 48 ≤ n ≤ 51 [Default] n = 48 [Description] Selects the error correction level for QR Code. n GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn fn n 6B 03 00 31 45 n 107 3 0 49 69 n Function Recovery Capacity % (approx.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] QR Code: Store the data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 4 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 7092 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 27) cn = 49 fn = 80 m = 48 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = (pL + pH × 256) – 3 [Description] Stores the QR Code symbol data (d1...dk) in the symbol storage area. [Notes] ■ The symbol data saved in the symbol archive area by this function is encoded by and of this command.
CONFIDENTIAL • The printer is reset or the power is turned off [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-P60 TM-T90 This model does not support this function. TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] QR Code: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 49 fn = 81 m = 48 [Description] Encodes and prints the QR Code symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of . [Notes] ■ In standard mode, use this function when printer is “at the beginning of a line,” or “there is no data in the print buffer.
CONFIDENTIAL • Format Information • Version Information • Error Correction codewords (employs the Reed-Solomon Error Detection and Correction algorithm) • Pad codeword • Number of bits in Character Count Indicator • Mode Indicator • Terminator • Alignment Patterns (when model 2 is selected) • Extension Patterns (when model 1 is selected) ■ Printing of symbol is not affected by print mode (emphasized, double-strike, underline, white/ black reverse printing, or 90° clockwise-rotated), except
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. When printing QR Code symbol, it is printed with the “printing control mode = fine” regardless of the setting of Function 48 of GS ( K. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] QR Code: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 49 fn = 82 m = 48 [Description] Transmits the size information for the encoded QR Code symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of .
CONFIDENTIAL (*1)”Horizontal size” and “vertical size” indicate the number of dots of the symbol. The decimal value of the vertical size and horizontal size is converted to text data and sent starting from the high order end. (ex: When horizontal size is 120 dots, horizontal size is “120” (in hexadecimal: 31H, 32H, and 30H / in decimal: 49, 50, and 48 ), which is 3 bytes of data.) (*2)”Other information” indicates whether printing of the data in the symbol storage area is possible or impossible.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ See previous [Notes for transmission process] for process sending data group. [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-P60 TM-T90 This model does not support this function. TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] MaxiCode: Select the mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 50 fn = 65 50 ≤ n ≤ 54 [Default] n = 50 [Description] Selects the mode for the MaxiCode [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn fn n 6B 03 00 32 41 n 107 3 0 50 65 n n Function 50 Selects mode 2. 51 Selects mode 3. 52 Selects mode 4. 53 Selects mode 5. 54 Selects mode 6. ■ Settings of this function affect the processing of Functions 281 and 282.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] MaxiCode: Store the data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 4 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 141 (4 ≤ pL ≤ 141, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 0) cn = 50 fn = 80 m = 48 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = (pL + pH × 256) – 3 [Description] Stores the MaxiCode symbol data (d1...dk) in the symbol storage area. [Notes] ■ The symbol data saved in the symbol archive area by this function is encoded by and of this command.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] MaxiCode: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 50 fn = 81 m = 48 [Description] Encodes and prints the MaxiCode symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of . [Notes] ■ In standard mode, use this function when printer is “at the beginning of a line,” or “there is no data in the print buffer.
CONFIDENTIAL • When mode 3 is selected, the Primary Message includes all data except the following. Factor of Primary Message Number of data Character Postal code 1 ~ 6 byte Code set A ISO country code 1 ~ 3 byte Numeric Class of service code 1 ~ 3 byte Numeric ■ When using Mode 2 or 3, execute the process as listed below: (RS, GS indicates control code of MaxiCode (RS = 1EH, GS = 1DH). “yy” indicates numeric data of 2 byte.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Printing of symbol is not affected by print mode (emphasized, double-strike, underline, white/ black reverse printing, or 90° clockwise-rotated), except for character size and upside-down print mode. ■ In standard mode, this command executes paper feeding for the amount needed for printing the symbol, regardless of the paper feed amount set by the paper feed setting command.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] MaxiCode: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 50 fn = 82 m = 48 [Description] Transmits the size information for the encoded MaxiCode symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of .
CONFIDENTIAL (*1)”Horizontal size” and “vertical size” indicate the number of dots of the symbol. The decimal value of the vertical size and horizontal size is converted to text data and sent starting from the high order end. (ex: When horizontal size is 120 dots, horizontal size is “120” (in hexadecimal: 31H, 32H, and 30H / in decimal: 49, 50, and 48 ), which is 3 bytes of data.) (*2)”Other information” indicates whether printing of the data in the symbol storage area is possible or impossible.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70 This model does not support this function. TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] RSS: Set the width of the module [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 51 fn = 67 TM-P60: 2 ≤ n ≤ 8 [Default] TM-P60: n = 2 [Description] Sets the width of the module for RSS to n dots. [Notes] ■ Settings of this function affect the processing of Functions 381 and 382.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] 2-dimensional RSS: RSS Expanded Stacked maximum width setting [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 51 fn = 67 TM-P60: 2 ≤ n ≤ 8 [Default] TM-P60: n = 2 [Description] Sets the width of the module for RSS to n dots. [Notes] ■ Settings of this function affect the processing of Functions 381 and 382.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] 2-dimensional RSS: Store the data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 6 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 259 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, pH = 0, 1) cn = 51 fn = 80 m = 48 n = 72, 73, 76 k = (pL + pH × 256) – 4 The domain of (d) differs with the type of 2-dimensional RSS. Refer to the [Function] table. [Description] The 2-dimensional RSS symbol data (d1...dk) specified by n is saved in the symbol archive area.
CONFIDENTIAL • Function 080 or 180 or 280 or 380 or 480 is executed • ESC @ is executed • The printer is reset or the power is turned off [Description: Applied to RSS-14 Stacked and RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional] ■ Transmit the 13-digit product identification number, excluding the application identifier (AI) and check digit, from the host.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] 2-dimensional RSS: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 51 fn = 81 m = 48 [Description] Encodes and prints the RSS symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of . [Notes] ■ In standard mode, use this function when printer is “at the beginning of a line,” or “there is no data in the print buffer.
CONFIDENTIAL [Description: Applied to RSS-14 Stacked and RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional] ■ The data shown below is added automatically in encoding. • Application identifier (AI): The AI is "01". • Check digit (1 character) • Guard pattern and separator pattern [Note for RSS Expanded Stacked] ■ The data shown below is added automatically in encoding.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] 2-dimensional RSS: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 51 fn = 82 m = 48 [Description] Transmits the size information for the encoded 2-dimensional RSS symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of .
CONFIDENTIAL Send data Hex Decimal Data Separator 1FH 31 1 byte Other information(*2) 30H or 31H 48 or 49 1 byte NUL 00H 0 1 byte (*1)”Horizontal size” and “vertical size” indicate the number of dots of the symbol. The decimal value of the vertical size and horizontal size is converted to text data and sent starting from the high order end.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ If “other information” is “Printing is impossible“(in decimal: 49), use one of the solutions shown below. Cause Solution There are data in the print buffer Put the printer in the “there is no data in the print in the standard mode buffer” status by executing GS T or print commands (LF, CR, ESC J). Symbol is bigger than the current Expand the print area by GS W, ESC W, ESC $. print area. Reduce the module width by Function 367.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] Composite Symbol: Set the width of the module [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 52 fn = 67 TM-P60: 2 ≤ n ≤ 8 [Default] TM-P60: n = 2 [Description] Sets the width of the module for Composite Symbol to n dots. • [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn fn n 6B 03 00 34 43 n 107 3 0 52 67 n Sets the module width of the line element, 2D composite element, and separator.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] Composite Symbol: RSS Expanded Stacked maximum width setting [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 52 fn = 67 TM-P60: 2 ≤ n ≤ 8 [Default] TM-P60: n = 2 [Description] Sets the maximum width of the RSS Expanded Stacked (composite symbol line element) to (nL + nH x 256) dots. • GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn fn n 6B 03 00 34 43 n 107 3 0 52 67 n When (nL + nH x 256) = 0, maximum width does not set.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] Composite Symbol: Select font HRI characters [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL =3, pH =0) cn = 52 fn = 72 TM-P60: 0 ≤ n ≤ 3, 48 ≤ n ≤ 51 [Default] n=0 GS ( 1D 28 29 40 k pL pH cn 6B 03 00 34 107 3 0 52 fn 48 72 n n n [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Selects a font for the Human Readable Interpretation (HRI) characters when printing Composite Symbol, using n as follows: n Font of HRI characters
CONFIDENTIAL ■ HRI characters are characters (Human Readable Interpretation) that indicate the content of the line element of the composite symbol printed using the composite symbol. [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90 This model does not support this function. TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. Font constitution: Font A (12 × 24) Font B (10 × 24) Font C (8 × 16) Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] Composite Symbol: Store the data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 6 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 2366 (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, pH = 9) cn = 52 fn = 80 m = 48 a = 48, 49 65 ≤ b ≤ 77 [ when (a = 48)] b = 65, 66 [ when (a = 49)] k = (pL + pH × 256) – 5 The domain of (d) differs with the type of line element and 2D composite element. Refer to the [Function] table. [Description] The composite symbol data (d1...dk) is saved in the symbol archive area.
CONFIDENTIAL Symbol data (SP indicates a space) Characters (ASCII) Data (d) k = 11 "0"~`"9" 48 ≤ d ≤ 57 [However d1 = 48,49] RSS-14 k = 13 "0"~`"9" 48 ≤ d ≤ 57 71 RSS-14 Truncated k = 13 "0"~"9" 48 ≤ d ≤ 57 72 RSS-14 Stacked k = 13 "0"~"9" 48 ≤ d ≤ 57 73 RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional k = 13 "0"~`"9" 48 ≤ d ≤ 57 [However d1 = 48,49] 74 RSS-14 Limited k = 13 "0"~`"9" 48 ≤ d ≤ 57 [However d1 = 48,49] 75 RSS-14 Expanded 2 ≤ k ≤ 255 "0"~`"9" 48 ≤ d ≤ 57 [However d1 = 48,49] 76
CONFIDENTIAL ■ k bytes of d1...dk are processed as symbol data. ■ To print a composite symbol, this function must be executed twice. • Specify (a = 48), and save the line element symbol data. • Specify (a = 49), and save the 2D composite element symbol data. • It does not matter whether the line element (a = 48) or 2D composite element (a = 49) is specified first.
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes for RSS Expanded] ■ Transmit the 2-byte data shown in the following table ([Hexadecimal = 7BH / Decimal = 123] + character code) from the host for the special character (FNC1) and symbol data "(", ")". ("+" in the table is not included in the transmission data)] Transmission data from host Data ASCII Hexadecimal Decimal FNC1 {+1 7B + 31 123 + 49 ( {+( 7B + 28 123 + 40 ) {+) 7B + 29 123 + 41 ■ The special characters ("(", ")") have the functions shown in the table below.
CONFIDENTIAL Notes for UCC/EAN 128] [Description: Applied to UCC/EAN128 (m = 74)] ■ UCC/EAN128 processes the following structures. (a) Basic structure Start character FNC 1 Automatically added AI Data part Check digit Check digit Stop A B character (d1...dk) Automatically added (b) Concatenated code structure Start character FNC 1 Automatically added AI Data part Check digit FNC A 1 (d1...
CONFIDENTIAL Example: When [AI = 01/data = 9501234567890/Specify to add check digit A/enclose AI in ()] GS k 23 0 52 80 48 48 77 "(01)9501234567890*" When HRI characters are designated to be added, the HRI characters are [(01)95012345678903]. Example: When [AI = 01/data = 9501234567890/Specify to add check digit A/enclose AI in (), and insert a space between the data] GS k 23 0 52 80 48 48 77 "(01)9501234567890*" When HRI characters are designated to be added, the HRI characters are [(01)95012345678903].
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The range of data (d) that can be processed in each code set (CODE A, CODE B, CODE C) is shown in the table below. Data where the character field is diagonal cannot be used. Transmit the 2-byte data shown in the following table ([Hexadecimal = 7BH / Decimal = 123] + character code) from the host for the special characters (FNC1, FNC3) and symbol data "(", ")", "*", "{".
CONFIDENTIAL ■ When CC-C is selected for the 2D composite element with any of the following, specify UCC/EAN128 for the line element. • When "Fixed (CC-C)" is specified with (b = 66) • When (b = 65) is specified, and the amount of data exceeds 339 bytes [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90 This model does not support this function. TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] Composite Symbol: Print the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 52 fn = 81 m = 48 [Description] Encodes and prints the RSS symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of . [Notes] ■ In standard mode, use this function when printer is “at the beginning of a line,” or “there is no data in the print buffer.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The quiet zone is not included in the printing data. Be sure to include the quiet zone when using this function. [Notes for EAN8, EAN13, and UPC-A] • The data shown below is added automatically in encoding. • Modular check character (1 character) • Guard bar [Notes for UPC-E (0 omitted [6 digit] version) ■ Calculates the modular check character automatically. The modular check character is data for deciding the bar pattern, and is not included in the print data.
CONFIDENTIAL [Note for RSS Expanded] ■ The data shown below is added automatically in encoding. • Guard pattern and finder pattern ■ The special characters ("(“,”)”) are processed as shown in the table below. Special characters Character Hex Decimal Processing ( 28 40 "(" is inserted for the HRI character. "(" does not constitute encoded data. ) 29 41 "(" is inserted for the HRI character. "(" does not constitute encoded data. ■ Adds the guard pattern and finder pattern automatically.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Even when HRI characters are designated to be added, HRI characters are not added to this symbol. [Note for UCC/EAN128] ■ UCC/EAN128 processes the following structures. (a) Basic structure Start character FNC 1 Automatically added AI Data part Check digit Check digit Stop A B character Automatically added (b) Concatenated code structure Start character FNC 1 Automatically added AI Data part Check digit FNC A 1 AI Data part
CONFIDENTIAL ( 28 40 "(" is inserted for the HRI character. "(" does not constitute encoded data. ) 29 41 After d1, the first ")" is processed as AI and the data part delimiter, and ")" is inserted for the HRI characters. ")" are inserted for the HRI characters for subsequent ")". In case of any, "(" does not constitute encoded data. * 2A 42 Check digit A (1 character), calculated with modulus 10 is added as the data part at the position of *.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. In standard mode, symbols with height greater than 1,200 dots cannot be printed with this printer. Composite symbols are printed with the “printing control mode = fine” regardless of the setting of Function 48 of GS ( K. Paper roll Two-dimension code commands GS ( k Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( k [Name] Composite Symbol: Transmit the size information of the symbol data in the symbol storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 (pL = 3, pH = 0) cn = 52 fn = 82 m = 48 [Description] Transmits the size information for the encoded Composite symbol data in the symbol storage area using the process of .
CONFIDENTIAL Send data Hex Decimal Data Separator 1FH 31 1 byte Fixed value 31H 49 1 byte Separator 1FH 31 1 byte Other information(*2) 30H or 31H 48 or 49 1 byte Error information(*3) 30H or 39H 48 or 57 4 byte NUL 00H 0 1 byte (*1)”Horizontal size” and “vertical size” indicate the number of dots of the symbol. The decimal value of the vertical size and horizontal size is converted to text data and sent starting from the high order end.
CONFIDENTIAL (*3)[Error information] indicates mainly detailed information when [Other information] is [Unprintable].
CONFIDENTIAL ■ See previous [Notes for transmission process] for process sending data group. [Model-dependent variations] TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60 TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90 This model does not support this function. TM-P60 TM-P60 with peeler supports this function. In standard mode, when symbols have a height greater than 1,200 dots, they cannot be printed with this printer according to [Other information] [Hexadecimal = 31H/Decimal = 49].
CONFIDENTIAL Customize commands Customize commands CUSTOMIZE COMMANDS Command FS g 1 FS g 2 GS ( C GS ( E Paper roll Customize commands Name Write to NV user memory Read from NV user memory Edit NV user memory Delete the specified record Store the data in the specified record Transmit the data in the specified record Transmit capacity of the NV user memory currently being used Transmit the remaining capacity of the NV user memory Transmit the key code list Delete all data in the NV user memory Set us
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( M Paper roll Customize commands Transmit the paper layout information Customize printer control value(s) Save the setting values from the work area into the storage area Load the setting values stored in the storage area to the work area Select the setting values loaded to the work area after the initialization process Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL FS g 1 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Write to NV user memory [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 g 1 67 31 103 49 m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH d1...dk m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH d1...dk m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH d1...
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ NV user memory is the memory area used for storing character font data in non-volatile memory. The data stored is effective until it is redefined by this command. ■ In standard mode, this command is effective only when processed at the beginning of a line. ■ If this command is encountered while a macro is being defined, the printer cancels macro definition and starts processing this command. At that time, the macro becomes undefined.
CONFIDENTIAL FS g 2 EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Read from NV user memory [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal FS 1C 28 g 2 67 32 103 50 m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH m a1 a2 a3 a4 nL nH [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Range] TM-T88IV: m=0 0 ≤ (a1 + a2 × 256) ≤ 1023 (0 ≤ a1 ≤ 255, 0 ≤ a2 ≤ 3, a3 = 0, a4 = 0) 1 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 80 (0 ≤ nL ≤ 80, nH = 0) [Description] Transmits the data in NV user memory.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Transmission data [Header + data + NUL] as follows is transmitted: Transmitted data Hex Decimal Amount of data Header 5FH 95 1 byte NV user memory data 20H ~ FEH 32 ~ 254 (nL + nH × 256) bytes NULL 00H 0 1 byte ■ Writing data to the NV user memory is enabled by FS g 1. ■ When you use this function, obey the following rules.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( C [Name] EXECUTING + SETTING Edit NV user memory [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T88IV, TM-U230 [Description] Edits the data in the NV user memory. • [Notes] Function code fn specifies the function. fn Function No.
CONFIDENTIAL • Data is the character string specified by d1... dk in Function 1 of the GS ( C command. (Control codes: Hexadecimal = 00H – 1FH, 7FH/Decimal = 0 – 31, 127.) • The terminator is a code, automatically assigned when the printer stores data. ■ NV user memory data remains valid until the host sends a deletion or storage function command. ■ Data is written to the non-volatile memory by Function 0, 1, or 6.
CONFIDENTIAL • With a parallel interface printer, data sent (excluding ASB status) with this command (“Header to NUL”) is temporarily stored in the printer send buffer, as with other data. When the host goes into Reverse mode, the printer then sends the data sequentially from the beginning of the send buffer. Send buffer capacity is 99 bytes. Data exceeding this amount is lost. Therefore, when using this command, promptly change into Reverse mode to start the data receive process.
CONFIDENTIAL (*2) Processing according to response (unsent data exists, identified by send data set “Identification status”) Response code Process ACK Start send processing for next data. NAK Resend previously sent data. CAN End processing for this command. ■ Processing the codes except for ACK, NAK, and CAN performs the same processing as CAN.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U220 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-P60 Definition area of record data shares the same definition area with NV graphics memory (GS ( L). Total record data is 384 KB. TM-T90, TM-L90 Record data definition area capacity is selectable GS ( E as follows. Selectable capacity Default 1K, 64K, 128K, 192K 1K [units: byte] TM-T70 Record data definition area capacity is 1 KB.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 [Name] Delete the specified record [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 5 m=0 fn = 0, 48 b=0 32 ≤ c1 ≤ 126 32 ≤ c2 ≤ 126 [Description] Deletes the record specified by the key codes (c1, c2) in the NV user memory. GS ( 1D 28 29 40 C 43 67 pL pH m fn 05 00 00 fn 5 0 0 fn b c1 00 c1 0 c1 c2 c2 c2 (pL = 5, pH = 0) • Deleted areas are designated “Unused areas.” • [Notes] Deleted key codes are designated as undefined.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 d1...dk [Name] Store the data in the specified record [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 6 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 m=0 fn = 1, 49 b=0 32 ≤ c1 ≤ 126 32 ≤ c2 ≤ 126 32 ≤ d ≤ 254 k = (pL + pH × 256)−5 [Description] Stores the data (d1... dk) as the record specified by the key codes (c1, c2) in the NV user memory. [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 C 43 67 pL pL pL pH m fn pH 00 fn pH 0 fn b c1 00 c1 0 c1 c2 c2 c2 d1...dk d1...dk d1...
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 This function uses the “data quantity (k) + number of control information data” area for execution. When data quantity (k) is odd number: number of control information data is 16 bytes. When data quantity (k) is even number: number of control information data is 17 bytes. Paper roll Customize commands GS ( C Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( C pL pH m fn b c1 c2 [Name] Transmit the data in the specified record [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 5 m=0 fn = 2, 50 b=0 32 ≤ c1 ≤ 126 32 ≤ c2 ≤ 126 [Description] Transmits the data for the record specified by the key codes (c1, c2) in the NV user memory. • [Notes] C 43 67 pL pH m fn 05 00 00 fn 5 0 0 fn b c1 00 c1 0 c1 c2 c2 c2 (pL = 5, pH = 0) ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol is required for this function.
CONFIDENTIAL (*3) The key code and terminator are not included in the data. If the stored data in the record is abnormal, it will be one-byte data of [Hexadecimal = FFH/Decimal = 255].
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( C pL pH m fn b [Name] Transmit capacity of the NV user memory currently being used [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 m=0 fn = 3, 51 b=0 [Description] Transmits the number of bytes of memory used in the NV user memory. • [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 C 43 67 pL pH m fn 03 00 00 fn 3 0 0 fn b 00 0 (pL = 3, pH = 0) ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol is not required for this function.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( C pL pH m fn b [Name] Transmit the remaining capacity of the NV user memory [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 m=0 fn = 4, 52 b=0 [Description] Transmits the number of bytes of remaining memory (unused area) in the NV user memory. • [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 C 43 67 pL pH m fn 03 00 00 fn 3 0 0 fn b 00 0 (pL = 3, pH = 0) ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol is not required for this function.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( C pL pH m fn b [Name] Transmit the key code list [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 m=0 fn = 5, 53 b=0 [Description] Transmits the key code list in the NV user memory. • [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 C 43 67 pL pH m fn 03 00 00 fn 3 0 0 fn (pL = 3, pH = 0) ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol is required for this function.
CONFIDENTIAL (*2) The printer performs batch processing when the data to be stored in the specified record is 40 records or less. At this time, the identification status of the third byte is 40H or 64 decimal. (*3) The data is the key code. A terminator is not included in the data.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( C pL pH m fn b d1 d2 d3 [Name] Delete all data in the NV user memory [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 6 m=0 fn = 6, 54 b=0 d1 = 67 d2 = 76 d3 = 82 [Description] Deletes all data in the NV user memory. [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 C 43 67 pL pH m fn 06 00 00 fn 6 0 0 fn b d1 d2 d3 00 43 4C 52 0 67 76 82 (pL = 6, pH = 0) • All area is changed to unused area. • All key codes are designated as undefined.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E [Name] EXECUTING + SETTING Set user setup commands [Printers not featuring this command] TM-U230 [Description] Controls the user setting modes. The table below explains the functions available in this command. • Paper roll Function code fn specifies the function. fn Function No. Function name 1 Function 1 Change into the user setting mode. 2 Function 2 End the user setting mode session. 3 Function 3 Change the memory switch.
CONFIDENTIAL • [Notes] pL, pH specifies (pL + pH × 256) as the number of bytes after pH (fn and [parameters]). Description of the [parameters] is described in each function. ■ The value of parameter fn determines the function number for this command. Command operation differs, depending on the function number. ■ User setting mode is a special mode to change settings for the printer’s built-in non-volatile memory. ■ To change a setting, you must change the printer into user setting mode, using Function 1.
CONFIDENTIAL • When the host PC transmits the function data, transmit the next data after receiving the corresponding data from the printer. • With a serial interface printer, be sure to use this function when the host can receive data. • With a parallel interface printer, data transmitted (excluding ASB status) with this command (“Header to NUL”) is temporarily stored in the printer transmit buffer, as with other data.
CONFIDENTIAL (*2) Processing according to response (unsent data exists, identified by send data set “Identification status”) Response code Process ACK Start send processing for next data. NAK Resend previously sent data. CAN End processing for this command. ■ Processing the codes except for ACK, NAK, and CAN performs the same processing as CAN.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90 This printer supports , , and the following functions: ■ Functions related to printer operational settings: . ■ Functions related to editing user-defined pages: . ■ Functions related to the serial interface: . TM-T88IV This printer supports , , and the following functions: ■ Functions related to printer operational settings: .
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 This printer supports , , and the following functions: ■ Functions related to printer operational settings: . ■ Functions related to editing user-defined pages: . ■ Functions related to the serial interface: . ■ Functions for paper layout .
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 [Name] Change into the user setting mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 fn = 1 d1 = 73 d2 = 78 [Description] Enters the user setting mode and transmits the mode change notice. • [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 E 45 69 pL pH fn d1 d2 03 00 01 49 4E 3 0 1 73 78 (pL = 3, pH = 0) "ESC/POS transmission handshake" is unnecessary with this function.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 d3 [Name] End the user setting mode session [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 fn = 2 d1 = 79 d2 = 85 d3 = 84 [Description] Ends the user setting mode, and performs a software reset. [Notes] ■ This function is performed when the printer is in user setting mode. GS ( 1D 28 29 40 E 45 69 pL pH fn d1 d2 d3 04 00 02 4F 55 54 4 0 2 79 85 84 (pL = 4, pH = 0) ■ After the software reset, the printer goes into the power on state.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 b18...b11]...
CONFIDENTIAL [Description] Changes the memory switch specified by a to the values specified by b. b Function 48 Set to OFF. 49 Set to ON. 50 Does not change the memory switch.
CONFIDENTIAL Msw 1-4, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8: Activated only with the serial interface printers. Msw 1-5: Activated only with the parallel interface printers.
CONFIDENTIAL [Explanation for memory switch 1] (a = 1):] ■ Power on notice specified by [Msw1-1] (the first bit): Power ON notice Hex Decimal Data quantity Header 3BH 59 1 byte Identifier 31H 49 1 byte NUL 00H 0 1 byte ■ The printer transmits the power on notice for the following processes: • Initializing by turning on the power by switch. • Initializing by hardware reset. • Initializing by software reset, such as by transmitting Function 2. • Initializing after the self test.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-J2000/J2100 Receive buffer capacity [Msw 1-2]: Large (when b = 48) = 4 KB; small (when b = 49) = 45 bytes This printer doesn’t support [Msw 2-3] (Selecting character code system for the simplified Chinese model) • When a = 8, memory switch 8 is set as follows: Msw Setting value (b) Function 8-1 to 8-7 50 Reserved 8-8 48 Roll paper cover open during printing: automatic recoverable error 49 Roll paper cover open during printing: recoverable error Setting the memory switch ([Msw 1-2] ~ [Msw 1-5
CONFIDENTIAL 8-7 48 Compatibility with TM-T88II: not compatible 49 Compatibility with TM-T88II: compatible 8-8 48 Roll paper cover open during printing: automatic recoverable error 49 Roll paper cover open during printing: recoverable error Setting of [Msw 8-3] is supported differently, depending on the firmware version. Setting of [Msw 8-5] affects the performing of command GS k. Settings of [Msw 8-7] affect the operation of ESC &, ESC c 3, GS *.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 TM-L90 with Peeler: Receive buffer capacity [Msw 1-2]: Large (when b = 48) = 4 KB; small (when b = 49) = 45 bytes “DM-D (customer display) is connected or not” [Msw 1-6] function is not supported. The settings of [Msw 1-2] ~ [Msw 1-4], [Msw 1-7], [Msw 1-8], and [Msw 8-4] can also be changed by the memory switch setting mode of the panel switch operation when turning on the power.
CONFIDENTIAL 8-4 48 Sets the maximum length of automatic paper measurement to 160 mm 49 Sets the maximum length of automatic paper measurement to 300 mm 8-5 48 Spacing of both sides for bar code: not inserted 49 Spacing of both sides for bar code: inserts a space 8-6 48 Perform paper feed to the print starting position when power is turned on 49 Not perform paper feed to the print starting position when power is turned on 8-7 50 Reserved 8-8 48 Roll paper cover open during printing: automatic recoverable e
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Executing “Automatic Paper Recognition Function.” (The function is automatically executed when the printer has no setting of paper layout setting.) • Setting of [Msw 8-5] affects the performing of command GS k. • Settings of [Msw 8-6] affect the initializing operation when the power is turned on, when the paper layout (origin of layout) is “bottom of a label” or “top of a black mark.
CONFIDENTIAL 8-3 48 PAPER LED is on when a paper near end is detected 49 PAPER LED is off when a paper near end is detected 8-4 48 Sets the maximum length of automatic paper measurement to 160 mm 49 Sets the maximum length of automatic paper measurement to 300 mm 8-5 48 Spacing of both sides for bar code: not inserted 49 Spacing of both sides for bar code: inserts a space 8-6 48 Perform paper feed to the print starting position when power is turned on 49 Not perform paper feed to the print starting positio
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Executing “Automatic paper layout setting mode function” by panel operation when turning on the power ■ Executing “Automatic Paper Recognition Function.” (The function is automatically executed when the printer has no setting of paper layout setting.) • Setting of [Msw 8-5] affects the performing of command GS k. • Settings of [Msw 8-6] affect the initializing operation when the power is turned on, when the paper layout (origin of layout) is “bottom of a label” or “top of a black mark“.
CONFIDENTIAL 8-4 48 49 48 49 50 48 No beeps for roll paper end Beeps for roll paper end 8-4 No beeps for recoverable and non-recoverable error occurred Beeps for recoverable and non-recoverable error occurred 8-5 ~ 8-6 Reserved 8-8 "Print starting position" is not the paper position immediately after a specific status 49 "Print starting position" is the paper position immediately after a specific status 8-7 ~ 8-8 50 Reserved Setting of [Msw8-1] affects the operation of DLE DC4 (fn=2) but not affect the op
CONFIDENTIAL 8-4 48 No beeps for recoverable and non-recoverable error 49 Beeps for recoverable and non-recoverable error 8-5 ~ 8-6 50 Reserved Setting of [Msw8-1] affects the operation of DLE DC4 (fn =2) but not not affect the operation of DLE DC4 (fn=7). Settings of [Msw8-2] ~ [Msw8-5] do not affect the operation of function 48 of ESC (A. TM-U220 “Auto cutter is provided or not” [Msw 2-3] is not supported.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn a [Name] Transmit the settings of the memory switch [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) fn = 4 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90: a = 1, 2, 8 TM-L90: a = 1, 7, 8 (TM-L90 with Peeler) a = 1, 2, 8 (TM-L90 models without Peeler) GS ( 1D 28 29 40 E 45 69 pL pH fn a 02 00 04 a 2 0 4 a TM-P60: a = 8 TM-U220: a = 2, 8 [Description] Transmits the setting value of the memory switch specified by a.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-T88IV, TM-T70 TM-T88IV, TM-T70 This printer does not support this function. Paper roll Customize commands GS ( E Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn [a1 n1L n1H]...
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90: TM-P60: TM-U220: 0 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 6, (nL + nH × 256) = 100, 65530 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 65535 [a = 5] (0 ≤ nL ≤ 6, nH = 0), (nL = 100, nH = 0), (250 ≤ nL ≤ 255, nH = 255) 1 ≤ (nL + nH ≤ 256) ≤ 9 (1 ≤ nL ≤ 9, nH = 0) [a = 6] (nL + nH ≤ 256) = 1, 2, 4, 128 (nL = 1, 2, 4, 128 , nH = 0) [a = 97] [Japanese model] 0 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 4, (nL + nH × 256) = 100, 65530 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 65535 [a = 5] (0 ≤ nL ≤ 4, nH = 0), (nL = 100, nH = 0), (250 ≤ nL ≤ 255, nH = 255) 1 ≤ (nL + nH ≤ 25
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T88IV: TM-T70: TM-L90: TM-P60: TM-U220: Paper roll [default value when a = 3: Other than Japanese model] (nL + nH × 256) = 2 (nL = 2, nH = 0) [default value when a = 3: Japanese model] (nL + nH × 256) = 0 (nL = 0, nH = 0) [default value when a = 5] (nL + nH × 256) = 11 (nL = 11, nH = 0) [default value when a = 6: Japanese model] (nL + nH × 256) = 9 (nL = 9, nH = 0) [default value when a = 6: Other than Japanese model] (nL + nH × 256) = 1 (nL = 1, nH = 0) [default value when a = 97] (n
CONFIDENTIAL [Description] Changes the customized value specified by parameter a to (nL + nH × 256). a Type of customized value 1 NV user memory capacity 2 NV graphics memory capacity 3 Paper width 5 Print density 6 Print speed 97 Number of division of thermal head energizing 116, 117, 118 Value differs, depending on the printer models. See model-dependent variations. • [Notes] The setting unit specified by (nL + nH × 256) differs, depending on the printer model.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Customized values set are valid until the following operations are executed. They are not initialized by power off or ESC @ • Execution of this function. • Execution of memory switch setting mode by panel operation when the power is turned on (supported by some printer models.) [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U220 TM-J2000/J2100 ■ Paper width settings (a = 3) (nL + nH × 256) Paper width 2 58 mm {2.3"} 4 70 mm {2.8"} 5 76 mm {3.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ NV graphics memory capacity settings (a = 2) (nL + nH × 256) 1* 2 3 4 5 6 7 Memory capacity None (0 bytes) 64 KB 128 KB 192 KB 256 KB 320 KB 384 KB * Not available NV graphics functions Memory combinations that can be specified: NV user memory capacity 1 KB 64 KB 128 KB 192 KB NV graphics memory capacity 384 KB or less 256 KB or less 128 KB or less None (0 bytes) ■ Paper width settings (a = 3) (nL + nH × 256) 2 3 6 Paper width 58 mm {2.3"} 60 mm {2.4"} 80 mm {3.
CONFIDENTIAL (nL + nH × 256) Print density 65534 90% 65535 95% 0 100% (nL + nH × 256) Print density 5 125% 6 130% ■ Print speed (a = 6) (nL + nH × 256) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Print Print Print Print Print Print Print Print Print Print Print Print speed speed speed speed speed speed speed speed speed speed speed speed level level level level level level level level level level level 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 • Print level 1 is the lowest speed.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Selects the black-color density in two-color printing (a = 118) (nL + nH × 256) The black-color density 70 Light 85 Medium 100 Dark • This setting’s value affects printing in black for two-color printing. Setting the “paper width,“ “print density,“ “select paper setting“ (a = 3, 5, 116 ) can be changed by “Memory switch setting mode” by the panel switch operation when the power supply is turned on.
CONFIDENTIAL (nL + nH × 256) Print density 4 Print density level 11 5 Print density level 12 6 Print density level 13 ■ Print speed (a = 6) (nL + nH × 256) Print 1 Print 2 Print 3 Print 4 Print 5 Print 6 Print 7 Print 8 Print 9 Print speed speed speed speed speed speed speed speed speed speed | | Dark Speed guideline level 1 Slow 25 mm/s level 2 | 40 mm/s level 3 | 60 mm/s level 4 | 80 mm/s level 5 | 100 mm/s level 6 | 130 mm/s level 7 | 150 mm/s level 8 | 180 mm/s level 9 Fast 200 mm/s ■ Number of divi
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Setting values of print control (a=116) (nL + nH × 256) Print control 1 Single-color printing control 257 Two-color printing control • When "Two-color printing control (257)" is specified, always use two-color paper. ■ Selects the black-color density in two-color printing (a = 118) (nL + nH × 256) The black-color density 70 Light 85 Standard • This setting’s value affects printing in black for two-color printing.
CONFIDENTIAL (nL + nH × 256) Print density 4 Print density level 11 | 5 Print density level 12 | 6 Print density level 13 Dark • The Japanese specification does not support "Print density level 12" and "Print density level 13.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 We recommend that Number of division of thermal head energizing be set to Divide into two for best print quality in 2-color printing. This printer supports the model dependent customized value as shown in the following table.
CONFIDENTIAL • Memory combinations that can be specified: NV user memory capacity NV graphics memory capacity 1 KB 384 KB or less 64 KB 256 KB or less 128 KB 128 KB or less 192 KB None (0 bytes) ■ Print density settings (a = 5) (nL + nH × 256) Print density 65530 70% 65531 75% 65532 80% 65533 85% 65534 90% 65535 95% 0 100% 1 105% (nL + nH × 256) Print density 2 110% 3 115% 4 120% 5 125% 6 130% 7 135% 8 140% ■ Print control mode settings (a = 6) (nL + nH × 256) Print control mode 1 Level 1 2 Level 2 3 L
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Select paper settings (a = 116) (nL + nH × 256) 1 257 Paper Specified white and black paper Recommended two-color paper ■ Select paper width settings (a = 117) (nL + nH × 256) Paper width 38 38 mm {1.5"} 39 39 mm {1.6"} : : 79 79 mm {3.1"} 80 80 mm {3.2"} • This printer can set each 1mm unit. However, this printer doesn’t support 71~79mm roll paper. Therefore don’t specify those values.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Paper width settings (a = 3) (nL + nH × 256) Paper width 2 3 58 mm {2.3"} 60 mm {2.4"} • Peeler model does not support paper width (a = 3).
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn a [Name] Transmit the customized setting values [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) fn = 6 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-U220: a = 3 TM-T90: a = 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 97, 116, 118 [Other than Japanese model] a = 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 97, 116 [Japanese model] TM-T88IV: a = 5, 6, 97, 116, 118 TM-T70: a = 5, 6, 97 TM-L90: a = 1, 2, 5, 6, 97, 116, 117, 118 TM-P60: a = 5, 116 [Peeler model] a = 3, 5, 116 [TM-P60 models without Peeler] [Description] Tran
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The printer transmits the data below (“Header to NUL”) with this function: Transmit data Hex Decimal Data quantity Header 37H 55 1 byte 27H 39 1 byte 31H −39H 48 −57 1 − 3 bytes 1FH 31 1 byte 30H −39H 48 −57 1 −5 bytes 00H 0 1 byte Identifier Value number (*1) Separation code Setting (*2) NUL (*1) The decimal value for the customized value number (a; parameter of this function) is converted to ASCII character data and sent starting from the high order end.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90 The setting value transmitted with customize value 116 (a = 116) is paper selection. The setting value transmitted with customize value 118 (a = 118) is the black-color density in twocolor printing. TM-T88IV The setting value transmitted with customize value 116 (a = 116) is the print control selection (single color/two-color). The setting value transmitted with customize value 118 (a = 118) is the black-color density in twocolor printing.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn a d1 d2 [Name] Copy the user-defined page [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0) fn = 7 d1 = 30, 31 d2 = 30, 31 (d1 ≠ d2) TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90: a = 10, 12 (Other than Japanese model) a = 12, 17, 18 (Japanese model) TM-P60: a = 12, 17, 18 [Description] Copies the data in the user-defined code page. • E 45 69 pL pH fn a 04 00 07 a 2 0 7 a d1 d1 d1 d2 d2 d2 Font number is specified by a.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ This function works in user setting mode. [Notes] ■ User defined code pages are page 255 or page 254 in the character code pages of alphanumeric Katakana characters built in the printer. Character data defined in the user-defined code page can be printed by specifying the character code after selecting the page with ESC t. ■ Work area means RAM area that is used to edit character data. ■ Storage area means non-volatile memory area that is used to store page data of user-defined code pages.
CONFIDENTIAL Font No. (configuration) 12 (12 × 24) 17 (8 × 16) 18 (10 × 24) Code page Page 255 of Font A Page 255 of Font C Page 255 of Font B TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-U220 This printer doesn’t have this function. TM-P60 The relation between the font number and code page is as follows: Font No. (configuration) 12 (12 × 24) 17 (8 × 16) 18 (10 × 24) Paper roll Code page Page 255 of Font A Page 255 of Font C Page 255 of Font B Customize commands GS ( E Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn y c1 c2[x d1...d(y × x)] k [Name] Define the data (column format) for the character code page [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 5 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 fn = 8 128 ≤ c1 ≤ d2 ≤ 255 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = c2 – c1 + 1 [Description] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 E 45 69 pL pL pL pH fn y pH 08 y pH 8 y c1 c1 c1 c2 c2 c2 [x [x [x d1...d(y × x)]k d1...d(y × x)]k d1...d(y × x)]k (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255) Font No.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Changes the data of the user-defined code page that is copied into the work area by Function 7. ■ If data in the user-defined code pages is not copied into the work area, this function is not available. In this case, execute Function 7 first. ■ Definition data (d) specifies a bit printed to 1 and not printed to 0. The data to define a character is (y × x) bytes. ■ When defining the character of the Font No.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn x c1 c2[y d1...d(x × y)] k [Name] Define the data (raster format) for the character code page [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 5 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 65535 fn = 9 128 ≤ c1 ≤ d2 ≤ 255 0 ≤ d ≤ 255 k = c2 – c1 + 1 [Description] E 45 69 pL pL pL pH fn x pH 08 x pH 8 x c1 c1 c1 c2 c2 c2 [x [x [x d1...d(x × y)]k d1...d(x × y)]k d1...d(x × y)]k (0 ≤ pL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255) Font No.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ If the data in the user-defined code pages is not copied into the work area, this function is not available. In this case, execute Function 7 first. ■ Definition data (d) specifies a bit printed to 1 and not printed to 0. The data to define a character is (x × y) bytes. ■ When defining the character of the Font No. 10 (configuration: 9 × 17), only the MSB can be used in the second byte for horizontal direction. When defining the character of the Font No.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn c1 c2 [Name] Delete the data for the character code page [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 3 fn = 10 y=2 128 ≤ c1 ≤ d2 ≤ 255 [Description] Deletes the character pattern for the character code page in the work area. • [Notes] GS ( 1D 28 29 40 E 45 69 pL pH fn c1 03 00 0A c1 3 0 10 c1 c2 c2 c2 (pL = 3, pH = 0) c1 specifies the beginning character code for the deletion, and c2 specifies the final code.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn a d1...dk [Name] Set the configuration item for the serial interface [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 3 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 8 (3 ≤ pL ≤ 8, 0 ≤ pH ≤ 255) fn = 11 48 ≤ d ≤ 57 [a = 1] 48 ≤ d ≤ 50 [a = 2] d = 48, 49 [a = 3] d = 55, 56 [a = 4] 1 ≤k ≤6 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-U220: 1 ≤ a ≤ 4 TM-T88IV, TM-T70: a = 1 TM-P60: a = 1, 2 [Default] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90: d1...
CONFIDENTIAL [Description] Sets the configuration item for the serial interface specified by a to the values specified by d1...dk. a Configuration item 1 Transmission speed 2 Parity 3 Flow control 4 Data length • Transmission speed (a = 1) is specified by number. The baud rate that can be specified differs, depending on the printer model.
CONFIDENTIAL • If the communication control between host and printer does not correspond, the printer cannot process data from the host normally, and the host cannot receive data from the printer normally. ■ This function works in user setting mode. ■ This function works with serial interface printers. ■ The communication condition set by this function is enabled by executing Function 2 or restarting the printer.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 DIP switch for setting communication condition is not supported. 3 baud rates are selectable. [“9600 “, “19200 “, “38400 “] TM-U220 • • The serial communication setting is also specified by DIP switch. There are 2 series (types) of this printer. They are identified on a sticker near the DIP switch on the main board. One is “STD,“ the other is “US.“ The DIP switch assignment is different between the “STD“ series and the “US“ series.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn a [Name] Transmit the configuration item for the serial interface [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) fn = 12 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-U220:1 ≤ a ≤ 4 TM-T88IV, TM-T70: a = 1 TM-P60: a = 1, 2 [Description] Transmits the configuration item for the serial interface specified by a.
CONFIDENTIAL Separator 1FH 31 1 byte Setting value (*2) 30H–39H 48–57 1–5 byte NUL 00H 0 1 byte (*1) Communication condition transmits the value of a is converted into character data epressed by decimal numbers. Example: When [Communication condition] is the baud rate (a = 1), it is 1-byte data of “1” [Hexadecimal = 31H/Decimal = 49]. (*2) “Setting value” is set by Function 11.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn a d1...dk [Name] Set the configuration item for the Bluetooth interface [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-P60: 6 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 18 (6 ≤ pL ≤ 18, pH = 0) [(a = 49)] 3 ≤ (pL + pH x 256) ≤ 66 (3 ≤ pL ≤ 66, pH = 0) [(a = 65)] fn = 13 a = 49, 65 32 ≤ d ≤ 255 4 ≤ k ≤ 16 [(a = 49)] 1 ≤ k ≤ 64 [(a = 65)] [Default] TM-P60: d1...dk = "4254" [a = 49] d1...
CONFIDENTIAL • If the communication conditions between the host and printer no longer match, the printer is no longer able to receive data from the host. Also data sent from the printer cannot be received by the host. ■ This function operates in the user setting mode. ■ The communication conditions set with this function are valid when of this command is executed. Then the printer operates with the changed communication conditions.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn a [Name] Transmit the configuration item for the Bluetooth interface [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 fn = 14 a = 48, 49, 65 [Description] Transmits the configuration item for the Bluetooth interface specified by a.
CONFIDENTIAL (*1) [Communication condition] transmits parameter (a) of this function. (*2) [Setting value] indicates the setting value of of this command. The currently operating communication conditions may differ from those before executing of this command. When (a = 48) is specified, the 6-byte value that expresses the 48-bit BD_ADDR as a hexadecimal is converted to character data and transmitted from the upper digits.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ For a description of transmission of data groups, see the overall specification "Notes for data group transmission process." ■ See [Notes for ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol] for description of ESC/POS Handshaking Protocol. [Model-dependent variations] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-P60, TM-U220 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-L90, TM-U220 This function is not supported. TM-P60 This function operates with the Bluetooth specification.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn d1 d2 d3 [Name] Delete the paper layout [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 4 (pL = 4, pH = 0) fn = 48 d1 = 67, d2 = 76, d3 = 82 [Description] Deletes all the setting value for the paper layout (no paper layout is set). [Notes] ■ This function works in user setting mode.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn sa ; sb ; sc ; sd ; se ; sf ; sg ; sh; [Name] Set the paper layout [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 9 ≤ (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 36 (9 ≤ pL ≤ 36, pH = 0) fn = 49 TM-L90: sa = “48”, “49”, “64” “135” ≤ sb ≤ “3000” “25” ≤ sc ≤ “100“ “0” ≤ sd ≤ “3000” “0” ≤ se ≤ “3000” “38” ≤ sf ≤ “3000“ “27” ≤ sg ≤ “507“ (sa = “48” or “49”) “47” ≤ sg ≤ “507“ (sa = “64”) “240” ≤ sh ≤ “720“ (sa = “48” or “49”) “240” ≤ sg ≤ “700“ (sa = “64”) Some combinations of parameters do not work.
CONFIDENTIAL • Sets the layout in the vertical direction by (sb) to (sf). (BM = black mark). (sa = 49) (sa = 64) sb Top of a BM ~ top of next BM. Bottom of a label ~ bottom of the next label. sc Top of a BM ~ bottom of BM. Bottom of a label ~ top of the next label. sd Top of a BM ~ print starting position. Bottom of a label ~ the print starting position. se Top of a BM ~ cutting position. Bottom of a label ~ cutting position. sf Print starting position ~ bottom of the print area.
CONFIDENTIAL • [Notes] The setting unit is 0.1 mm. The relationship between each setting value of the layout of the vertical direction and paper layout is as follows. ■ This function works in user setting mode. ■ The origin of layout can be specified by sa as follows. ■ When Type B paper specified by sa = 49 is used or sa = 64, notice the setting of print area and cutting position as follows. • Specify sd, sf, sg, sh so that the print area is on a label area.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ In any of the following cases, the parameter after sb can be omitted. However, “;” cannot be omitted even if the parameter is omitted. • When the origin of layout is “paper layout is not used” (sa = 48). • When the origin of layout (sa) is omitted. • When the origin of layout is the same type as currently specified origin of layout.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 In the following cases, the parameter is the wrong value. If these parameters are processed, the value is not set. When sa = “49“ sb ≤ sd sb ≤ se sb < sf width of paper < sg + sh + 33 (when width of paper is less than or 78 mm {3.1 inches}) width of paper < sg + sh + 43 (when width of paper is less than or 79 mm {3.1 inches}) width of paper < sg + sh + 53 (when width of paper is less than or 80 mm {3.
CONFIDENTIAL When “bottom of a label” is specified as layout of origin (sa = 64), paper layout error occurs in any of the following states: ■ When the top of the label is detected by performing paper feed less than “setting value of sc – 1 mm”, after passing the origin of layout. ■ When the next origin of layout is not detected by performing paper feed “setting value of sb × 1.12,” after passing the origin of layout.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( E pL pH fn n [Name] Transmit the paper layout information [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 fn = 50 n= 64, 80 [Description] Transmits the paper layout information specified by n. GS ( 1D 28 29 40 E 45 69 pL pH fn n 02 00 32 n 2 0 50 n (pL = 2, pH = 0) n Paper layout information 64 Setting value of the paper layout (unit: 0.1 mm {0.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ [Header to NUL] are transmitted by this function as follows.
CONFIDENTIAL (*1) “Type of information” transmits the value n converted into character data expressed by decimal numbers from the high order end. Example: When the setting of “Type of information” is (n = 64), it is 2-byte data of “64” [Hexadecimal = 36H, 34H/Decimal = 54, 52]. When the setting of “Type of information” is (n = 80), it is 2-byte data of “80” [Hexadecimal = 38H, 30H/Decimal = 56, 48]. (*2) “Layout information” is transmitted sequentially, converting the character data into decimal data.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The relationship between setting value of vertical layout (sg) and effect value is as follows. A = Edge of the paper ~ left edge of the printable area B = Setting value of paper layout (sg) C = Effective value (A-B) of paper layout (sg) A B C • See previous [Notes for transmission process] for process of sending data group.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( M [Name] SETTING COMMAND Customize printer control value(s) [Printers not featuring this command] TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Customizes the printer control value(s). • fn Function No. Function name 1, 49 Function 1 Save the setting values from the work area into the storage area. 2, 50 Function 2 Load the setting values stored in the storage area to the work area.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The combination of Functions 2 and 3 can change the default value of each command. ■ Function 1 or Function 3 processes writing in a non-volatile memory. Take the following into account when using the function. • Do not turn off the power or reset the printer from the interface when the relevant functions are being executed. • The printer might be BUSY. In this case, be sure not to send a command from the host because the printer will not receive the data.
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example 2 PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"L";CHR$(24);CHR$(0);←Set left margin PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"W";CHR$(104);CHR$(1);←Print area width (30 columns) PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(M";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(1);CHR$(1);← Print Sample 2 AAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAA BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"(M";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(3);CHR$(1);← PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"L";CHR$(0);CHR$(0);←Set left margin PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"W";CHR$(120);CHR$(0);←Print area width (10 columns) PRINT #1, "A
CONFIDENTIAL TM-T90 GS ( M affects the following commands: Category of function Command Line spacing ESC 2, ESC 3 Print character ESC SP, ESC !, ESC –, ESC E, ESC G, ESC M, ESC R, ESC V, ESC t, ESC {, GS !,GS ( N, GS B, GS b Panel switch ESC c 5 Paper sensor ESC c 3, ESC c 4 Print position ESC D, ESC T, ESC a, GS L, GS W Status GS a Bar code GS H, GS f, GS h, GS w Two dimensions code GS (k Function 065 to 070 Macro function GS : Kanji control FS !, FS &, FS ( A, FS -, FS .
CONFIDENTIAL Setting value Command Bar code GS H, GS f, GS h, GS w Two dimensions code GS ( k Function 065 to 070, 165, 167, 169, 265 Macro function GS : Kanji control FS !, FS &, FS ( A, FS -, FS .
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( M pL pH fn m [Name] Save the setting values from the work area into the storage area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2, (pL = 2, pH = 0), fn = 1, 49 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-P60: m = 1, 49 [Description] Saves the setting values of commands listed in the tables on the previous pages and stored in the work area in the storage area specified by m.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( M pL pH fn m [Name] Load the setting values stored in the storage area to the work area [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2, (pL = 2, pH = 0), fn = 2, 50 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-P60: m = 0,1, 48, 49 [Description] Loads the command setting values stored in the storage area specified by m to the work area.
CONFIDENTIAL GS ( M pL pH fn m [Name] Select the setting values loaded to the work area after the initialization process [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2, (pL = 2, pH = 0), fn = 3, 51 TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-L90, TM-P60: m = 0,1, 48, 49 [Default] m=0 [Description] Selects the command setting values loaded to the work area after the printer performs the initialization process.
CONFIDENTIAL Counter printing commands Counter printing commands COUNTER PRINTING COMMANDS Command GS C 0 GS C 1 GS C 2 GS C ; GS c Paper roll Name Select counter print mode Select count mode (A) Set counter Select counter mode (B) Print counter Counter printing commands Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS C 0 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select counter print mode [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ n ≤5 0 ≤ m ≤ 2, 48 ≤ m ≤ 50 [Default] n = 0, m = 0 GS C 1D 43 29 67 0 30 48 n n n m m m [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Selects the print format for the serial number counter value (the number of printed digits and the print position within the entire range of printed digits).
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ The serial number counter is stored in the print buffer by GS c. ■ Settings of this command are effective until ESC @ is executed, the printer is reset, or the power is turned off.
CONFIDENTIAL GS C 1 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select count mode (A) [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ (aL + aH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ aL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ aH ≤ 255) 0 ≤ (bL + bH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ bL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ bH ≤ 255) 0 ≤ n ≤ 255, 0 ≤ r ≤ 255 [Default] (aL + aH × 256) = 1 (aL = 1, aH = 0) (bL + bH × 256) = 65535 (bL = 255, bH = 255) n = 1, r = 1 GS C 1D 43 29 67 1 31 49 aL aL aL a H bL a H bL a H bL bH n bH n bH n r r r [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The value of the counter is updated when executing GS c by following the counter mode set by this command. ■ In a count-up setting, when the GS c is executed and the counter value exceeds the maximum value (bL + bH × 256), counting is restarted from the minimum value (aL + aH × 256). ■ In a count-down setting, when GS c is executed, the counter value is below minimum value (bL + bH × 256), restart counting from the maximum value (aL + aH × 256).
CONFIDENTIAL GS C 2 SETTING COMMAND [Name] Set counter [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ (nL + nH × 256) ≤ 65535 (0 ≤ nL ≤ 255, 0 ≤ nH ≤ 255) [Default] (nL + nH × 256) = 1, nL = 1, nH = 0 GS C 1D 43 29 67 2 32 50 nL nL nL nH nH nH [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Sets the serial number counter value. • Specifies the counter value as (nL + nH × 256).
CONFIDENTIAL GS C ; SETTING COMMAND [Name] Select counter mode (B) [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] 0 ≤ sa ≤ 65535 0 ≤ sb ≤ 65535 0 ≤ sn ≤ 255 0 ≤ sr ≤ 255 0 ≤ sc ≤ 65535 [Default] sa = 1, sb = 65535, sn = 1, sr = 1, sc = 1 GS C 1D 43 29 67 ; 3B 59 sa sa sa ; 3B 59 sb ; sb 3B sb 59 sn sn sn ; 3B 59 sr sr sr ; 3B 59 sc sc sc ; 3B 59 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Sets the serial number counter rang
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes] ■ The internal counter value which counts the repetition number of printing by processing this command is “0.” ■ The value of the counter is updated when executing GS c by following the counter mode set by this command. ■ In count-up mode, the counter value exceeds the maximum counter value (sb), the printer restart counting from the minimum counter value (sa).
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example Print Sample PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"C;";"300;1;1;2;100;"; PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"C0";CHR$(4);CHR$(1); No. 0100 PRINT #1, "No.";CHR$(&H1D);"c";CHR$(&HA); No. 0100 PRINT #1, "No.";CHR$(&H1D);"c";CHR$(&HA); No. 0099 PRINT #1, "No.";CHR$(&H1D);"c";CHR$(&HA); No. 0099 PRINT #1, "No.";CHR$(&H1D);"c";CHR$(&HA); No. 0098 PRINT #1, "No.";CHR$(&H1D);"c";CHR$(&HA); Paper roll Counter printing commands GS C ; Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL GS c EXECUTING COMMAND [Name] Print counter [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] None [Default] None GS c 1D 63 29 99 [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-P60, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Stores the serial number counter value in the print buffer and counts up or down the serial number counter value. [Recommended Functions] This command is supported by some printer models and will not be supported by future models.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The counter mode (count-up, count-down, count-stop) and details of counter (maximum value, minimum value, stepping amount of incrementing or decrementing of a counter value, the repetition number of printing) are set by GS C 1 or GS C ;. ■ The counter value is set by GS C 2 or GS C ;.
CONFIDENTIAL Printing paper commands Printing paper commands PRINTING PAPER COMMANDS Command FS ( L Paper roll Name Select label and black mark control function(s) Paper layout setting Paper layout information transmission Transmit the positioning information Feed paper to the label peeling position Feed paper to the cutting position Feed paper to the print starting position Paper layout error special margin setting Printing paper commands Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( L [Name] EXECUTING COMMAND Select label and black mark control function(s) [Printers not featuring this command] TM-J2000/J2100, TM-T90, TM-T88IV, TM-T70, TM-U230, TM-U220 [Description] Various processes are performed on label or black mark paper. • fn Function No.
CONFIDENTIAL [Notes for transmission process] ■ Data send operations are performed using Function 34 and 48. When you use the functions, obey the following rules. • When the host PC transmits the function data, transmit the next data after receiving the corresponding data from the printer. • When operating with a serial interface, be sure to configure operation so that the host computer uses the printer only when it is READY.
CONFIDENTIAL Program Example 2 (Black mark paper is printed while cutting one piece.) GOSUB *BM.Print ← Send a sheet of print data. PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"(L";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(66);CHR$(49); ← Paper feed to cutting position PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1D);"V";CHR$(49); ← Paper cut PRINT #1, CHR$(&H1C);"(L";CHR$(2);CHR$(0);CHR$(67);CHR$(50); ←Feeds Paper to the print start position GOSUB *BM.Print ←Send a sheet of print data.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 The paper layout is set with GS ( E . TM-L90 with Peeler supports Functions 48, 65, and 67. Other printer models support all functions. Specifications other than the above This printer supports , , , and . TM-P60 TM-P60 with Peeler supports all the functions. The paper layout is set with of this command. Specifications other than the above This command is not supported.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( L pL pH fn sm [sa] ; [sb] ; [sc] ; [sd] ; [se] ; [sf] ; [Name] Paper layout setting [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] TM-P60: FS 1C 28 ( 28 40 L 4C 76 pL pH fn sm [sa] ; [sb] ; [sc] ; [sd] ; [se] ; [sf] ; pL pH 21 sm [sa] 3B [sb] 3B [sc] 3B [sd] 3B [se] 3B [sf] 3B pL pH 33 sm [sa] 59 [sb] 59 [sc] 59 [sd] 59 [se] 59 [sf] 59 8 = (pL + pH × 256) ≤ 26 (8 ≤ pL ≤ 26, pH = 0) fn = 33 “0” ≤ sm ≤ “3” Other parameters differ according to sm.
CONFIDENTIAL [Description] Sets the paper layout (layout reference, vertical layout, horizontal layout). ■ Sets “Layout reference (print reference/eject reference)” with sm.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Sets “Horizontal layout” with sf. Horizontal layout sf Paper width • The setting unit is 0.1 mm. [Notes] ■ Use this function at the start of the line when the standard mode is selected. Paper roll Printing paper commands FS ( L Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The relationship between the setting values and paper layout of the vertical layout and horizontal layout is shown in the diagram below. A positive number specifies the paper feed direction (downward in the diagram), while a negative number specifies the reverse of the feed direction (upward in the diagram).
CONFIDENTIAL ■ When (sm = “1”) or (sm = “2”) is specified, note the following points when setting the printing area and cutting position. • Specify that the printing area fits within with the label paper (do not specify any part of the printing area on the backing paper). • Specify that the cutting position in on the backing paper (do not specify the cutting position on the label paper).
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The setting values of this function affect the following operations and values.
CONFIDENTIAL [Model-dependent variations] TM-L90, TM-P60 TM-L90 This printer does not support this function. TM-P60 Since combinations with the parameters in the table below result in invalid values, this function will not work.
CONFIDENTIAL • Sets a value in excess of 2.0 mm for the distance from the cutting position to the next print starting position. If it is set to less than 2.0 mm, the paper feed operation may not be executed normally. When "Layout reference (sm = "1," "2," "3")" and "vertical layout (sa = "0") are specified, even if paper feed of about 155 mm is executed, if the print reference cannot be found, a paper error occurs. This is caused by using paper that is outside the specifications.
CONFIDENTIAL The horizontal size of the printable area, specified with horizontal layout (sf) and layout reference (sm) is as shown in the table below. You can also specify transmission of the effective value and acquire the dot count of the printable area with of this command. Horizontal size of the printable area (sf) setting value When (sm = "0," "3") is specified When (sm = "1," "2") is specified "600" to "590" 54.0 mm (432 dots) 50.0 mm (400 dots) "589" to "585" 53.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( L pL pH fn n [Name] Paper layout information transmission [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) fn = 34 n = 64,80 [Description] Transmits paper layout information specified by n. [Notes] FS 1C 28 ( 28 40 L 4C 76 pL 02 2 pH fn 00 22 0 34 n n n n Paper layout information type 64 Paper layout setting value (unit: 0.
CONFIDENTIAL Vertical layout (sb) 2DH, 30H - 39H 45,48 - 57 0 - 5 bytes Separator 1FH 31 1 byte Vertical layout (sc) 2DH, 30H - 39H 45,48 - 57 0 - 5 bytes Separator 1FH 31 1 byte Vertical layout (sd) 30H - 39H 48 - 57 0 - 5 bytes Separator 1FH 31 1 byte Vertical layout (se) 2DH, 30H - 39H 45,48 - 57 0 - 5 bytes Separator 1FH 31 1 byte Horizontal layout (sf) 30H - 39H 48 - 57 0 - 5 bytes NUL 00H 0 1 byte (*1) [Information type] is the parameter of this function (n) ex
CONFIDENTIAL ■ The transmission data when an effective value (n = 80) is specified for information type is as follows. • The effective value indicates the value, calculated based on the following values, that is actually used for the operation. The unit is 1 dot. •The paper layout information (the setting value of of this command) saved in memory •The specified value for the mechanical configuration (minimum pitch etc.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( L [Name] Transmit the positioning information [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) m = 48 fn = 80 [Description] Transmits the positioning information for the label or black mark paper. [Notes] ■ Header to NUL shown in the following is transmitted in this function.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ [Position information A] is shown in the following. Bit Function Binary Hex Decimal 0 Relation to the label peeling position; Not at label peeling position. 0 00 0 Relation to the label peeling position: Standby at the label peeling position. 1 01 1 Relation to the cutting position: Not at cutting position. 0 00 0 Relation to the cutting position: Standby at the cutting position. 0 02 2 Relation to the print start position: Not at 0 print start position.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ [Position information B] is shown in the following. Bit Function Binary Hex Decimal 0 The print start of the current label can operate. 0 00 0 The print start operation of the current label is impossible. 1 01 1 The print start of the next label can operate. 0 00 0 The print start of the next label is impossible.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-L90 When it meets either of the following requirements, bit 0 of [Position Information B] becomes “The print start operation of the label is possible now.” Set the paper layout (sb, sd, se) using Function 49 of GS ( E. (1) When position information A is “Standby at the label peeling position” (soon after executing this command fn = 65) and when it meets either of the following requirements: ■ If (se ≤ sd), 24 mm {0.94 inch} ≤ (sb - se) and 3.6 mm {0.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 [Peeler model] If the current label feed to the print starting position operation fulfills any of the following conditions, Bit 0 of [Position information B] becomes "Feed current label to the print starting position is possible." 1. When Position information A is "standby in peeling position" (immediately after executing of this command) 2.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( L [Name] Feed paper to the label peeling position [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) m = 48, 49 fn = 65 TM-L90: with Peeler m = 48 [When the peeling issuing mode is selected] m = 48, 49 [When the continuous issuing mode is selected] [Models other than the above] m = 48, 49 TM-P60: m = 48, 49 [Description] Feeds paper to the label peeling position.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ Models with the peeling function will be in the label removal waiting status when Function 65 is executed. This status continues during label removal and printer reset or label removal and power off. The label removal waiting status can be checked by DLE EOT (n = 8, a = 3: Peeler status). [Model-dependent variations] TM-L90, TM-P60 TM-L90 The following operation is executed according to a set value of the paper layout.
CONFIDENTIAL When the peeling issuing mode is selected, the status changes to label removal standby when this function is executed. You can check the label removal standby status with DLE EOT (n = 8, a = 3: Peeler status) or the basic ASB status. The peeling issuing mode/continuous issuing mode is selected with the operation shown below. Selecting the peeling issuing mode Step Operation 1 Press the cover open button, and open the peeler cover.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( L [Name] Feed paper to the cutting position [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) m = 48, 49 fn = 66 [Description] Feeds paper to the cutting position. [Notes] FS 1C 28 ( 28 40 L 4C 76 pL 02 2 pH fn 00 42 0 66 m m m m Function 48 Feeds paper to the cutting position. However, if the paper is in standby at the cutting position, the printer does not feed. 49 Feeds paper to the cutting position.
CONFIDENTIAL TM-P60 This function operates when (sm = "1", "2", "3") is specified for the layout reference. With the operation of this function, paper feed is executed until the paper layout "eject reference" reaches the mechanical manual cut position. Paper roll Printing paper commands FS ( L Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( L [Name] Feed paper to the print starting position [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2 (pL = 2, pH = 0) m = 48, 49, 50 fn = 67 TM-L90: [with Peeler] m = 50 [When the peeling issuing mode is selected] 48 ≤ m ≤ 50 [When the continuous issuing mode is selected] [Models other than the above] 48 ≤ m ≤ 50 TM-P60: 48 ≤ m ≤ 50 [Range] Executes paper feed until the “print starting position“ specified in the paper layout reaches the print head position.
CONFIDENTIAL ■ This function is used when using label paper or black mark paper. ■ The paper feed operation is ended when no paper is detected in the paper feed to the print start position. ■ [Position information A] transmitted by Function 48 becomes (bit 2 = 1) when this function is processed. Moreover, the print area of the label paper or black mark paper that the print position includes the print start position becomes “current label,” and the following label of the current label becomes “next label.
CONFIDENTIAL FS ( L pL pH fn sn [Name] Paper layout error special margin setting [Format] ASCII Hex Decimal [Range] (pL + pH × 256) = 2,3 (pL = 2, 3, pH = 0) fn = 80 TM-P60: “0” ≤ sn ≤ “50” [Default] sn = “0” [Description] Sets the paper layout error special margin. • [Notes] FS 1C 28 ( 28 40 L 4C 76 pL pL pL pH fn pH 50 pH 80 sn sn sn Sets the special margin for the vertical layout (sa) of of this command to [± (sn × 0.1 mm)]. The setting unit is 0.1 mm.
CONFIDENTIAL • When turning off the power or resetting [Model-dependent variations] TM-L90, TM-P60 TM-L90 TM-L90 with Peeler does not support this function. TM-P60 Refer to the [Model information] of of this command for details of the paper layout error. If a paper layout error occurs when printing the first sheet when the peeler cover is closed, when the power is turned on, or the printer is reset, the paper may not be set in the correct position.
CONFIDENTIAL Character code tables CHARACTER CODE TABLES SP in a table represents space. See Using the character code tables for information on how to read these tables. Page 0 (PC437: U.S.A., Standard Europe) (International character set: U.S.A.) FS Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 1 (Katakana) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 2 (PC850: Multilingual) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 3 (PC860: Portuguese) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 4 (PC863: Canadian-French) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 5 (PC865: Nordic) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 6 (Hiragana) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 7 (One-pass printing Kanji characters) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 8 (One-pass printing Kanji characters) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 16 (WPC1252) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 17 (PC866: Cyrillic #2) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 18 (PC852: Latin2) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Page 19 (PC858: Euro) Paper roll Character code tables Ver. 10.05 p.
CONFIDENTIAL Using the character code tables USING THE CHARACTER CODE TABLES The example below uses Page 0 (PC437) to illustrate the use of the character code tables. You can find the character "A" in Page 0 as follows: The decimal value for the character "A" is 65. Follow its column straight up to find the digits. Hexadecimal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Binary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0100 These numbers are the most significant bits of the ASCII code.
CONFIDENTIAL Using bit value tables USING BIT VALUE TABLES For each command that has a complex method of determining the variable n, there is a table showing how to calculate the variable in three numbering systems: binary, hexadecimal, and decimal. When you look at the table, first find the value of each component of the variable. Then add the values of the components together to determine the value of the variable n.
CONFIDENTIAL Bit Off/On Hex Decimal Function 0 Off 00 0 Character Font A selected. On 01 1 Character Font B selected. 1, 2 — — — Undefined. 3 Off 00 0 Emphasized mode not selected. On 08 8 Emphasized mode selected. Off 00 0 Double-height mode not selected. On 10 16 Double-height mode selected. Off 00 0 Double-width mode not selected. On 20 32 Double-width mode selected. 6 — — — Undefined. 7 Off 00 0 Underline mode not selected.
